Home

Users Manual - NetSoft Studio

1. 8 03 04 PM Change Password 2 Taxable Transactions Subtract ine 11 from line 1 6 ae eed 7 149 00 8 13 31 PM Clock In Clock Out 13 Total sales and use bax due occ eee eee eee 554 05 Details eo Manage Internal E mails a 14 Penalty See tax Form For calculation of this anqurnti 4 ce ee ko o0 8 12 10 PM Work with Payroll Other Options Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout Invoices to Print Exit System Past Due Notices to Send Orders Left over 30 days Orders To Be Shipped Today MM Point of Sale Custom zal POSCIS Users Manual As you can see the screen itself has some basic breakdowns of figures You can use the Report From and Report To pull down date selectors to change the reporting period Please keep in mind that the sales tax form only recalculates after you exit the Report From or Report To fields To print the actual report click on the Print button to bring up the following screen Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 110 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Wi Point of Sale Customer Information System Main System Menu Form Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System B P fF Logged In Mo David Ma
2. Company Name aBC c23Compration Scheduled f 30PmM Contact Name a Marketing Code i O Billing Address 254984 Nath winged Way sencleuscation ET Suite 54358 S East Falmouth Maintain Order Shipping Details Form 425 656 8987 Etf 542 522 3532 Cell cindy lou abc123corporation com Shipping Method Delete Order Line Shipping Address Type Quantity Stock Item Name Shipping Charge Overide View All Shipping Rates For This Order AB C 123 Corporation Cindy Lou 254984 North Winged Way Suite 5498 Default From Billing Address Tracking Number Additional Order Options Shipping Information Order Comments Direct Billing Details Purchase Order Details wJ E Luupurl DISCUUIT MA Order Payment Details Misc Labor Charges s e Less Total Payments 0 00 Order Statistics Zoom Order Totals Balance Due 0 00 Enter the Pickup Date Time and Scheduled Date Time and select a marketing code Do not add any order line items and click on done Orders for a Customer All orders for a customer orders that are linked to the customer are also visible from the maintain customer screen We now have two orders for this customer defined Go back to the work with customers and maintain the ABC 123 Corporation customer account Click on the orders tab as shown below Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft
3. Then whenever the server is booted and logged on the System synchronizer will automatically startup Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 179 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Licensing Subsystem BizWizard system is licensed as follows A Single Database is licensed not the programs A Single Company Name is licensed A Single Company s Address is licensed A Single Company s Phone number is licensed A License is valid for a specified time frame Month Quarter Semi Annual or Annual or for as many yearly increments as you wish to pay for How Licensing Works Your Company Names Address City State Zip Code and Telephone Number are encrypted into the License Key that is sent to us In addition the following additional values are encrypted and sent to us in the license Key System Date of your Computer System Time of your Computer When we receive a license key we will enter the license key into our system along with the Company Information Our system will generate an unlock code that will work only with that license key We will then fax and e mail back to you a copy of your License Key and Unlock Code You will then enter the unlock code into the licensing program The Unlock code will have encrypted into it the expiration date of your software as well as other details
4. Additional Order Options Shipping Information Order Comments Direct Billing Details Purchase Order Details ywy E Luupurt Drscuurts coca Order Payment Details Misc Labor Charges De 7 Less Total Payments 0 00 Order Statistics Zoom Order Totals Balance Due 0 00 At this point all you need to do is specify the pickup ship by date and time and the scheduled date time and the marketing code Then add order line items and you will be done with the order entry If you look at the direct billing details click on Direct Billing Details text in the lower left corner of the Maintain Order screen in the Additional Order Options box you will notice the order is automatically linked to the customer This means once the order is marked complete it will immediately be direct billed to the customer and a pending invoice will be generated pending only until you print invoices see Printing Customer Invoices on Page 93 See the following example showing the direct billing settings are already filled in for you Maintain Order Direct Billing Details Form ABC 123 Corporation Change Cindy Lou Reset En COD Go ahead and add a few order lines then set the date time values and select a marketing code and click on Done to close the Maintain Order screen Notice after you entered an order line item with a unit price i e if there is a balance due on the order in the top right corner of the Maintain O
5. Searching for Orders Orders may be filtered using the pull down lists as shown in the following example In addition you may enter any text in the customer search field to find an order You can enter any portion of an address any portion of a customer name any portion of a check number used for payment any portion of a credit card number any portion of a phone number etc etc All orders matching what you enter will be displayed in the list in the sort order specified by the sort buttons The filters on how far back an order or what order status are also applied You will find this to be extremely handy as your order database grows You can look up a customers order from last year the year before or even 10 years ago You can then duplicate that customers order which is handy for your customers that simply ask you to duplicate my last years order great search for it maintain it then click on duplicate and you now have a new order that is for that customer that is the same as last years order And you didn t have to even enter the order in See the following example of the search criteria and filters Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 45 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Point of Sales Customer Information System Main System Menu Form jf hx Misc Options Or
6. 539 00 8 539 00 Sales Tax Sales Tax Charged 054 05 554 05 Final Total A gt 8 293 05 Thursday February 19 2004 Page 1 of 1 Sales Tax Summarization oales tax summarization will provide you the information necessary to report the sales tax collected by you as well as sales tax exempt transactions sales in interstate commerce sales to federal government sales to other retailers for resale and more Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 108 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x The sales tax summarization can seem somewhat complex at first but it has to be somewhat detailed to the many variations of forms used by different state sales tax collection boards and departments But don t let it scare you Once you run the report you will find it is actually quite easy rather it simply has a lot of breakdowns so you have detailed information to complete your sales tax reports effectively and efficiently To get started from the main menu click on the Other Options link under the Accounting section of the Main Menu System This will bring up the following sub menu Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System d In M David Matney e Sunday Feb 22 2004 9 22 47 PM order 5 elm Date T
7. Cash Cashiers Check Credit Card Check Cashiers Check Credit Card M Check Check Money Order l Cash Cashiers Check Diners Club Income M Credit Card Check Diners Club Carte Blance Cash Cashiers Check M Credit Card Check Cashiers Check Discover Cash nome Y NM CreditCard Check Mastercard Cash Cashiers Check General Ledger Summarizations on Page 106 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 174 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Payment Terms Just that Net 30 60 90 120 etc Be sure you put a numerical value in to specify how many days the payment description represents BizWizard uses this to calculate due dates on invoices Specify whether a payment method is a Zero Maintain Rayment Term Dollar Credit limit by check marking the Auto Set erms M Credit Limit to Zero Auto Sel Description Net Days Due To Zero If this checkbox is selected and you are ax maintaining a customer and set the customers erDue n 3i Day payment terms to a term that has the auto set aides credit limit to zero then the POS will change the Met Dus m 60 Days credit limit to zero and prevent giving any credit Typically this is used on the COD option only Shipping Methods Shipping methods give the POS
8. Done Creating a New Order for a Customer You can while managing the customer create a new order for one of the contacts listed for the customer This will default all the customer information on the order link the order to the customer for direct billing purposes You can also start with an order and direct bill it to a customer or simply default the order information from a customer This is explained in the next section For now let s go through the process of creating a new order from the maintain customer screen for an existing contact at ABC 123 Corporation Start from the maintain customer screen and select the contacts tab You should have Cindy Lou specified as a contact and a buyer as shown below Maintain Customer AB C 123 Corporation Accounts Payable cive Billing Address Shipping Address Method UPS Ground M Do Not Invoice Customer Address Type Commercial Address z Customer Shipper tt O 254984 North Winged Way 254984 North Winged Way e A Esa MA ET Fo E Customer Details Invoices Comments Contacts Orders Balance Aging Purchase rder Minimum Billing In Store Credits Job Title Buyer Cindy Lou Human Resources Clerk M New Order Phone Number 425 656 8987 Ext 4587 DirectF axNumber 542 522 3532 CellPhoneNumber E Mail Address cindy lou abcel23corporationcom Promotional Materials v Ld New Order
9. Option duna o Vendor Options Menu Form Check E Out as shown below Erano maih Work wath Payroll Prnt Payrol Report Vendor Management Options Work miih Frakes Perches Cede Open Database Sytem Sebugp Ha nagement About POSJCIS System j bau System e E O a mn E mn 8E j i Past Due Notices bo Send 0 Drier Left over B0 days a o a 1 6 B B Oribers To Be Shappesl Today Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 83 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Finalizing and Printing Purchase Orders The following is the Pending Purchase Orders screen Click on Maintain to pull up the Pending Purchase Order Work with Pending Purchase Orders Vendor Purchase Order Number Date Created P Trophies Plaques and Other Supplies 3 20 2003 The Pending Purchase Order now has the 3 items we added earlier plus the 2 new items All on a single purchase order See the following example Maintain Vendor Purchase Order Print Purchase Order Finalize and Print Purchase Order Dome Account 54987 Status Pending Finalization Vendor Name Trophies Plaques and Other Supplies Main Phone 415 589 6595 P O Number 10001 Address 6548 North Miami Drive Toll Free Phone 800 459 5562 Date Created 9 20 2003 Building 45 Fax Phone 415 523 5525 D
10. Phone Number 425 656 8987 Ext DirectFaxNumber 542 522 3532 CellPhoneNumber E Mail Address Promotional Materials V Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 66 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Click on the New Order button next to Cindy Lou s contact record This will bring you to the Maintain Order screen and the order will be completely defaulted with exception of the Date Time for Pickup and the Date Time Scheduled and the Marketing code The example on the following screen will show you the order as it has been defaulted Maintain Order 10003 Open Order Description 1 O Pickup Ship By B a uopm Company Name ABC 123 Corporation Scheduled uopm Contact Name A Marketing Code OoOo O Billing Address 254984 North Winged Way i E 833 AS Suite 5498 EXE Maintain Order Shipping Details Form 425 656 8987 542 522 3532 Cell cindy lou abe123corporation com Shipping Method Delete Order Line Shipping Address Type Shipping Ch 0 i Quantity Stock Item Name een a Overide View All Shipping Rates For This Order ABC 1 23 Corporation Cindy Lou 254984 North Winged Way Suite 5498 Default From Billing Address Tracking Number
11. System Numbering Order Setup Order Status Setup Invoice Setup Sales Tax Setup FICA Tax T able Additional Employee T ax Tables Internet E Mail Setup Order Warner T ext Effective Date Expiration Date Percentage Rate 17171938 1273172050 7 6500x Py 0 0000 Additional Employee Tax Tables Tab There are two employee tax tables you can specify what the tax tables are as a title for the tax table and like the FICA tax table specify an effective date and percentage These are automatically calculated on employee timesheets system Setup Company Information System Numbering Order Setup Order Status Setup Invoice Setup Sales Tax Setup FICA Tax T able Additional Employee T ax Tables Internet E Mail Setup Order Waiver Text A O Effective Date Expiration Date Percentage Rate Effective Date Expiration Date Percentage Rate krass 37200 05000 71 2000 12 31 2000 07000 1 2000 12 31 2000 0 3000 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 165 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Internet E Mail Setup BizWizard system has the ability to use the internet to send invoices order receipts tax forms and many other e mail related items such as notifying customers that their order is ready for pickup or sending to a customer
12. 901 784 8889 EX 901 496 3526 Cel tt s jamsongzkweb net Delete Order Line Add Order Line Change Order Line Quantity Stock Item Name Unit Price Misc Labor Extended Price Tax TROPHY Standard Trophy 125 00 PLAQUES Plaques 45 00 ENG TAX Engraving Taxable 51 20 Sales Tax 0 00 Shipping Handling 0 00 Coupon Discounts 0 00 Less Total Payments 127 00 Additional Order Options MCI el Order Comments Direct Billing Details Purchase Order Details Order Payment Details Misc Labor Charges Order Statistics Zoom Order Totals a PS ym FJ Fy AAs 3 Balance Due 94 20 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 18 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x The order total is 221 20 no sales tax is applicable in our example because we are using California sales tax base and the order is being shipped to Tennessee There is no shipping and handling charges for this order and no coupons discounts have been applied The balance due is 94 20 Order Statistics Order statistics provide you with information about the order such as the date and time an order was taken which of your employees took the order the date and time an order was completed and who completed the order the date and time and order was picked up and who picked up the order To look at
13. After the employee clicks on Done and it is highly recommended the employee does this so that other employees do not see their pay rates the system will ask the employee if they wish to close their timesheet Closing a timesheet does exacily that it closes out a pay period Only closed timesheets will appear on the payroll report that shows unpaid payroll The following is the message that asks if the employee wishes to close their timesheet They will only click on the yes option if it is the last clock out before the new pay period begins otherwise they click on No to keep this timesheet running for the current pay period Close Timehseet Confirmation Would you like to close out your timesheet For this week Typically you will want to close out your timesheet on the last day of your pav period IF you do not close out your timesheet then a paycheck will not be issued until the Monday after you close out your timesheet Do you wish to close out your timesheet If the pay period has ended the employee needs to close their timesheet Later in the payroll system you will see timesheets that are in a closed status but have not been paid yet and you will learn how to complete the payroll process Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 136 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Inter
14. Once you find the customer you are looking for click the Select Customer button to have their information initialized on the Select a Customer and Contact to Direct Bill screen In this case we will click on select customer to select ABC 123 Corporation which is the only customer currently in this database Back at the Select Customer and Contact screen the company name should now be initialized with ABC 123 Corporation select Cindy Lou from the contact pull down list and checkmark the Direct Bill checkbox Select Customer To Direct Bill Customer ud Search Ad Maintain Customer Contact E Add Contact Default From Customer Overwrite what is already set on Order Direct Bill to Customer WARNING By defaulting this order from the customer indicated the billing information shipping information purchase order number tax exemption details customer name and contact details will be overwritten by the information specified on file for this customer Done Click on done and you will be back at the maintain order screen with all information defaulted to the order As shown below Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 70 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain Order Numbe 10003 stal Open Order Description re Pickup Ship By bl Borm
15. P nting Maintain Holiday Blackout Periods Work with Oubstanding A R Print Customer Invoices Post Payments bo Insoices Other Options Stat Date 11 25 2004 Start Tame 5 00 OO AM End Dale 11 25 2004 End Time 10 30 0C PH Action Block Date Range Work with Associates Change Password Clock In Olock Out Manage Internal E mails wem Wi wil be closed on Thursday and Frida Howember 25 25 2004 m POM observance on Thanksgrerg holiday Ve val resume normal business hours on Work with Payroll Howember 29 2004 ad Hem Have a wonderdtul and cate Turkey Dap Other Options Open Datebate System Setup Management About P05 015 System Logout cers 10 te IM ces to Print Exit System 500000d O pw gt AMUEUBBEIlHE gt Past Due Notices to Semik 0 Orders Left over 30 days O o 0 0 0 O O0 OF QUU 6 u a 3 O O O O O 8 Orders To Be Shipped Today 0 E Untiled Nobepad cart ol Sade Cute zl POSTIS Users Mana E hts Mew Versen Marketing Codes Marketing codes work in conjunction with the marketing report you learned about in an earlier chapter see Marketing Analysis Reporting on Page 118 Setting up marketing codes allows you to keep track of how well your marketing ventures are doing For instance telephone book advertising When a customer comes into your store get into the habit of asking them May I ask how you heard about us Some customers are surprised by the question and have to think a minute some customers give you an a
16. Search for Customer field to help find the customer For instance you can put in as a search an invoice number purchase order number company address part of an address part of a name part of or all of a persons name etc The system will use what you put in this field to find all customers that match the search After you found the customer in questions simply click on the record selector on the left hand side of the screen and then click Select Customer button The customer will then be brought back to the previous screen and you may proceed with entering the check payment details Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 100 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Check Payment Overages If for some reason a check payment is written for an amount OVER what is owed by the customer an in store credit will automatically be issued for the balance of the payment that was not applied to invoices For instance let s assume that in our 7 Eleven Example we had a check written for 10 000 00 will apply all the monies can to open invoices The customer only owes for one invoice 52 80 and for another invoice 7 283 90 So if post a 10 000 00 check payment can only apply a total of 7 336 70 of the invoice thus leaving an overage of 2 663 30 What the system will do is let you know that a
17. dialog provides a wealth of information that is important if you ever need to e mail us a Support issue or open a telephone support issue In almost every case our staff will ask you for the information on this screen It tells us a wealth of information that will help us in helping you If you are e mailing us go to this screen and attach a print screen of this screen to the e mail as a jpg omp or other resource If you are calling us it will speed things up if you do two things First take a print screen of the About BizWizard System Dialog and attach it as a jpg or bmp image to an e mail We are going to want this information Second provide a brief description of the problem in your e mail E Mail should be used as a priority support method unless you are down A Down system is AM UNABLE TO DO BUSINESS RIGHT NOW In future versions of BizWizard you will be able to submit a support ticket directly from within BizWizard and even track that support ticket but until then help us to help you by providing us with a shot of this screen The following example shows what this screen has on it Click on the About BizWizard System link in the Misc Options section to display this screen li Point of Sale Customer Information System Main System Menu Form Ed Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System B d In ML David Matney lime Thu
18. 3 x 3 Red Aluminum Engraving Plate on Bottom Right 1280 ENG TAX Engraving Taxable 0 04 51 20 3 Line Helvetica Font Style Thank you for your Business Please come back again Order Total 221 20 Less Coupon Discount 33 18 After Discount Sub Total 188 02 Sales Tax 7 75 0 00 New Sub Total 188 02 We will work hard to try and complete your order by the Expected Date and Time Shipping Handling 0 00 identified at the top of this order Please let us know ifthe above date and time will Final T otal 188 02 not fit within your time schedule as soon as possible and we will try to work within your time constraints as best as we can vess Credits Applied 127 00 Balance Upon Pick Up 61 02 Page 1 of 1 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 24 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Of course you will notice the watermark on the printout All printouts on the unlicensed version will have this watermark For our demonstrations in this manual we have left the watermarks turned on Once you license the software see Licensing Subsystem on Page 180 two things will occur A The watermarks on all printouts will go away B The company name that prints on all the receipts will be your company name vs the default shown in the printout on the previous page Later we will discuss e
19. 3 line Helvetica font style Word Count Letter Count Punctuations Count Total Character Count Unit Cost 000 Extended Cost 0 00 Line Item Profit 51 20 What is the difference between eng tax and eng nontax one charges sales tax and one doesn t Why is there a difference In some states services are non taxable In some states services are taxable if sold as part of a product In some states services are always taxed Eng tax is to charge for engraving whereby your state requires you to collect sales tax Eng non tax can be used for when your state does not require you to collect sales tax For instance in the state of California accurate at the time of this writing if a customer purchases a plate and requests it to be engraved you are required to collect sales tax on the plate itself and the service performed i e The engraving of the plate so eng tax would be used because the engraving goes on a product that is being purchased and thus the final product being sold includes the engraving However if someone brought a jewelry box into your store in California that has a plate that can be engraved and wishes to have it engraved then the service is non taxable because no tangible good is being sold in conjunction with the engraving rather you are engraving something that was purchased elsewhere and thus the non taxable engraving is a valid choice Disclaimer you are responsible for knowing the stat
20. All Rights Reserved 49 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x My Company Name American City CA 92886 Main 777 777 7777 Fax 888 888 8888 for Pic kup Not Picked Up 5544 Anystreet Road O rde rs Re ady Bin Order Order Status Customer Name B 12 10001 Closed Janice Jamison Thursday August 21 2003 Page 1 of 1 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 50 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Print Orders Where Stock Has Not Been Pulled In addition to working with orders where stock is not pulled you can also obtain a printout of orders where stock has not been pulled To print this report from the main menu under the order system heading click on Other Options then select the option that says Print Open Orders Where Stock is not Pulled Select your printer and print Here is what the report looks like M y C ompany Name 5544 Anystreet Road Open Orders American Ci A 92886 ty C mis Lm Stock Not Pulled Date Due Order Order Status Customer Name Stock Bin 9 21 2003 10001 Open Janice Jamison Thursday August 21 2003 Page 1 of 1 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mention
21. Clock In Clock Out Next you will add a new customer Click on the Add New option in the upper right corner of the Work with Customers pane as shown below Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 53 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x EREJES nting System Associate System Payroll System El It 22 2003 09 50 17 PM 22 2003 09 50 24 PM IE AND Add New E aintain Mame Address Telephone Now you will be at the Maintain Customer screen in add mode ready to add customer details From this screen we will be able to enter demographic details contacts within the company view invoices view account aging reprint individual invoices and more Customer Demographics Let s enter a new customer starting with the basics the demographics Demographics are details that relate to the customers statistically You may not think of a customers address as statistical information however it not only serves the purpose of providing a mailing or shipping address but it also provides more details about a customer such as geographical regions they live in or geographical regions the business resides in Statistical demographic analysis allows you to know where your customers are coming from This is why this is called demographics in BizWizard Enter the following into the screen show
22. Less Total Payments 127 00 What BizWizard system is preventing from happening is allowing orders to go out the door without collecting payments due An order cannot be marked picked up until payment is collected or it is direct billed This is a loss prevention screen It will save you money in the long run by ensuring your employees do not accidentally give out product without collecting payments or direct billing the order first At this point we must click on Done to get off the ut oh screen and then click on Back to get off the Trigger Event screen Now we will be back at the Maintain Order screen and we will ask Janice for the balance of 61 02 Janice writes a check for 61 02 and we post the payment and thus she now has a zero balance due Go ahead and post a payment for Janice for 61 02 and then go back to trigger the event to mark the order picked up When you mark the order picked up you will be able to indicate who picked up the order See the following example please note that Janice s order was set to ship to Tennessee so you will be presented with a different event and the following is for example purposes if Janice s order had been set for will call pickup Select Event Action Form Select Event Action You Wish to Perform Received By Picked up By Janice Jamison Mark Order Picked Up by Customer After you click on Done you will be back at the Maintain Order screen Now just for
23. Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Oty Qty Qty Qty 231 de 27 17 15 14 14 14 12 a So ee a a n ENG TAX TROPHY BADGES PLASTIC WSrg PLAQUES MEDALS RIB STOCK PLATES ZRP1181BA ZAABIALA ZRP1183AA ZP50621GA MISC TAX ZRPS133BA CLOCK ZRP7O71A ZRP8001A ACRYLIC ZAAJDOT 1A ZDDAK112BA ZDQ348A ZRC130A APSCOS2PA SETUP COMP ENG NONTAX Friday February 20 2004 Engraving Taxable Standard Trophy Badges 4 Plastic Signage E Ca oO sf T A 9 Plaque Relief Sports Recognition Plaque Plaques Cee oe ANS oF Medals Medallig amp s E Stock Ribbon i a i M Plates OVS ONU Plate Design Collection Pl ques Royal Honor Plaque Acrylic Award 7 472 4igh x 1 Thick Plate Design Collection Plaques Royal Honor Plaque Golf Stulptare Male Gold 8 High Mise Taxable ms Plate D sign Collection Plaques Marble Essence Coll Desk Wall Clock Perpetual Plaques Mahogany Finish Plaque 12 x 15 star Plagues Rosewood Plano Finish Plague 9 x 12 General Acrylic Award Acrylic Award 6 1 2 X 6 X 1 Gold Cup Trophy 11 3 4 High Brass amp Acrylic Clock 5 1 4 High For the Desk Desk Accessory Mahogany Finished Mot Sports Appreciation Plaque Diamond Drag Engraving Layout Setup Charge Engraving Non Taxable Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties
24. SE IPOJ HIO UN 3A0qv IJ PIAU 3AEQ NO TIJE Ady 9SU22I MIU 3 E I2U2S jou 0 3 I A3J0s 94 YIOTUN 03 JUN e SB 121280 s I0A UO LA UOEEULIOJUI JULISIA 3 18 49J0S PUL apoo HOUN Ady 3suooaI IAOQE ML uoneurrojug 3u8 10 aui OSOZ LE Z 1 ojeqq dx Z06 00 66Y9 2 0393 903 30 4200 6910 43 1y 0439 24901 3309 31 0222 0V313 042 4 43439 9 po v9 d322t 04Q0 Lt HOFQ 20432 QvVQ 3 23903 243v4 308 9 3132 04109 4 M9suo rT U O BULIOJU 3Su23rq OL8SlL crcvls X A OL8L crcvls Xx Clee 208v L7 3uouq CLvrc Z08 Vv LZ 3uoqq 90868 AN Oouew 90568 AN OoueW POU IA OZ HH 09 eins PAI SIIH YHON S OL Ocvit 09 SINS PAI SINH YHON SZOL 000 pedyunowy SUOIINIOS YAA suounios YMAN uomneuriojup juourAeq 0 T P9 19ISIBIP 9 18 MOS amp g 10 peq osuoorT UY poppur pord osuaoi y 103 3u2ur amp ed jo ad 1939 1 1no amp SY AJOS OS E JIM suods y SIP JUWE pausis au YIM o uep oooe ur PUL SM0 0 se p9JUB IS uaaq sey asuaor SIOSOdV UL osuodsoy Ady ISUIIV 185 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x After you receive this page you will go back into the licensing subsystem and perform step 3 to put the unlock code into BizWizard system See the following screen Enter Unlock
25. Soccer Plague Mount on Pettom lefty x 3 e Red Aluminum Engraving Plate on Bottom Right 1280 ENG TAX Engraving Taxable 3 Line Helvetica Font Style Page 1 of 1 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 42 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Proforma Invoice Assume you require a customer of yours to place a deposit for the 20 000 employee of the year awards you are doing for them or maybe you want full prepayment up front Some accounting departments will not issue payment without an invoice The problem is that you can t invoice for something that isn t an order or that is not completed An invoice represents monies owed to you and if you haven t taken an order then nothing is owed But you can issue a proforma invoice which will satisfy those accounting departments as they will at least have something on hand Believe it or not an order receipt is often not good enough some accounting departments require the word invoice to appear on what they receive before they will issue a check payment Here you go print them a proforma invoice and they will be happy Proforma Invoice My Compan y Name 5544 Anystreet Road Mai 1773723797 Monday Thr ough Friday 6 30am lo 5 00pm Fax 888 888 8888 E Mail Store Hours Order Number Shipping Method Janice Jamison s Type Residential Add
26. defaults to the current system date Generate Internal Orders summary Report Form You can change these selections to also print orders that are in quote status completed orders closed orders etc Order Status Open El By default the print summarization report is selected If you want to print a detail work order for each order you can checkmark the detail work order checkbox From Date 1121350 g Sf as well To Date 8 21 2003 l The example on the next page is an Which Reports Would you like to Print W Print Summarization Report Print Individual Detail Work Orders Printing Preferences Print To Printer EPSON Stylus COLOR 880 Back Print Report Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners example work order summarization report there is only one order in this report because that is all that is in the system at this point but you get the idea 47 Users Manual for Version 3 x BizWizard Professional Jo eSeq code IZ many eps O ueser eoiue TOOOT Wd 00 0 002 TZ 38 Wd 00 0 E0OZ TZ 8 uedo jsenbeW ug yoo G sue 1281u05 ueduio Joquiny au 34ed au 3ed Jood AJCWUING JSPIO X40 AA Jopio Ag peddiys Asealjeq pen peyps 98876 V AID ueonoury PEON jeo shuy ppss DUDAT dundo AY 48 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All R
27. however this is how it is set when the system is used with the default configuration Go ahead and click on the Done button You will receive an error message that indicates to you that a deposit must be collected and it even tells you how much of a deposit must be collected before you can complete this order See the following example of the error message Now there are going to be times when you must override this error message Only authorized employees associates can override the deposit requirements This you will learn about in a later chapter see 4 Deposit of at least 39 46 is required to Complete this order Override Deposit Requirement on Page Currently a deposit of 0 00 has been applied An Additional 35 46 131 is required before this order may be approved Authorize Mo Deposit Order Form Please inform the customer that they must place a deposit of at least 40 of the total amount of the order before the order may For now be aware that if you click on the be seca eo or completion Override Deposit Requirement that a deposit will no longer be required for this order and this order only Future orders Ello E AE SS E um that are entered will require a deposit based upon the dollar amount and percentage you set in the system settings So this override only applies to this order Click on the override deposit requirement button You will now be back at the Maintain Order screen and you can now c
28. 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 22 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x other reports on this screen to print them at the same time The difference between the Print Order with Payment Details and Print Order Without Payment Details is exactly what it indicates One printout will print each detail payment applied to the order as part of the printout the other will not Go ahead and print both to see the difference Notice from this screen you may print reports or e mail them to the customer In order to e mail the customer an order acknowledgement or other printout you must have your system setup to send e mails see Internet E Mail Setup on Page 166 the order must have an e mail address on it and you must have an internet provider that will allow relaying of e mails We will go over setting up your system to e mail in a later chapter Just be aware it is available and can be quite handy as we move our businesses into the technological age of internet commerce For now the fields related to e mail are not available and that is because your system is not setup for e mail yet by default the internet options are turned off when the system is provided to you Once internet e mail options are configured these values will be available for you to use The next page is a printout for Janice Jamison s orde
29. Acrobat Profe Ill Point of Sale Custom DEP E giam Again once closed you CANNOT change the date back to a time in the past Choose this option carefully Our engineers can put the date back for you by going into the database however there is a charge for us to have to go into the database to make any corrections due to user error So DON T close the accounting financials until you are sure you are ready or make a backup copy of the aposcis tables mdb file which is your database before closing accounting financials Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 123 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Associate Subsystem Associates are employees or more appropriate users of BizWizard system and or employees This subsystem allows you to track contact information about an associate or employee such as home address phone number and security preferences in BizWizard system etc You will add someone to the associate system if they are to have their own login to BizWizard system We recommend all users have their own login and that they use their own login when doing work on BizWizard The reason is that BizWizard system tracks information about who does what This can be helpful when you have an order that was taken and you have a question about the order You can look at the statistics of that order and find
30. Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 181 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Generate License Key Form A License Key and Unlock Code will only work in concert with each other You will generate a License Key and provide that License Key to MDWA Solutions We will in turn will provide an Unlock code that will unlock your software for use with that license key It is important to keep both the License Key and Unlock code written in a safe place for use upon Re Installation should you ever have to re install the APOSCIS System Be Sure you enter the information in the fields below exactly how you want it to appear on your Invoices Order Receipts etc An Unlock code will be generated with this information embedded inta the unlock code and it will not be changable later without paying for a new unlock code It is extremly important to enter this information correct before requesting an unlock code Company Mame MwA Solutions Contact Mame M David Matney Address 1075 North Hills Blvd Suite 360 426 Generate License Kev ity State Zip Reno uv a9506 Phone Number 714 507 2412 Fax Number 714 242 1810 E Mail Address sales mdwasolutions com Generating License Key Please Be Patient License Key 601 7D CE1E 53 BCE F4EFC ECEC E D4D CE D D4CF 47 D7D 4CCED 364 Database c POSCI
31. Customer screen you can set an override to indicate that for that customer only the General System Setup direct bill requirement of 15 00 will be ignored and the new override specified for the customer will be used instead The following is the Maintain Customer screen showing where to set the override Remember the override only applies to that one customer all other customers still will have the 15 00 limit imposed Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 160 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain Customer Customer Name Eig B s Motor Racing Account H 12049 CO accounts Payable Active Billing Address Shipping Address Method Fickup will Call Address Type Commercial Address Customer Shipper 1 fi 148 M Placerville Road DEE veka unde NNN pu ERE United States United States Do Not Invoice Customer l Customer Details Invoices Comments Contacts Orders Balance amp ging Misc Customer Settings In Store Credits Main Voice Telephone H 888 454 4487 Tax Exempt Main Fax Telephone H 845 787 4458 Exemption Reason Payment Terms Net Due in 10 Days Credit Limit 350 00 Overide Minimum Direct Billing M New Minimum Direct Bill Amount Payment Method Credit Card Number Exp Date Name on Card Billing Ad
32. E Mail Setup Order waiver T est Company Information System Numbering Order Setup Order Status Setup Invoice Setup Sales Tax Setup Sales Tax Reporting Method when Invoice Is Billed TTE Effective Date Tax One Description Tax Two Description Tax Three Description Tax Four Description P 19 5 2003 State Tax County T ax City Tax As you can see we have a sales tax reporting method of When Invoice is Billed There are two choices for this option 1 When Invoice is billed 2 When invoice balance is zero We highly recommend you use the option to report sales tax when invoice is billed If your sales tax rate on 11 15 2003 is 7 596 and you bill an order on 11 15 2003 for 2000 00 then you will have requested the customer pay sales tax in the amount of 150 00 Now let s assume you are reporting your sales tax when you actually receive payment on this invoice which is 2150 00 Invoice Total Sales Tax of 7 5 On December 1 2003 sales tax changed to 8 5 You collect payment on the 2150 00 on December 15th 2003 That means that the invoice for 2000 00 worth of sales will report in December not November and thus your sales tax reports and your sales tax state agency will expect you to pay sales tax of 2000 00 x 8 596 which means you will be paying 170 00 in sales tax and yet you only collected 150 00 in sales tax For this reason we recommend you base your sales tax reporting on the date When the Invoi
33. Em TH g E m E Past Due Notices to Send 2 Orders Left over 30 days 33 5 1 2 0 0083 5 8 560 6 1 0 0 0 8 5 15 Orders To Be Shipped Today 15 al POSCIS Users Manual Bl Point of Sale Custom Untitled Notepad E u NE As you can see all you need to do is lookup the federal withholding and state withholding amounts plug those figures in and then the net pay updates and you can issue a check After issuing a check put the check numbers in the appropriate column When you are all done click on the Print Timesheets if you wish to give a copy of the timesheets to the employee with their paycheck and finally you must Mark the Timesheets Paid If you do not mark them paid then they will always show up in this list as unpaid items Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 146 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners Users Manual for Version 3 x BizWizard Professional Printing Timesheets You can print a timesheet from the Work with Payroll screen or from the Maintain Timesheet screen Both places will result in the following timesheet report sample L jo abed eboz ZL Uenga Aepsanyy Md o0 0 S FOOE Oc C I dioo oe VropDe 0z e Sino DulxoAA Wd 00 08 21 FOOC Oc c wv ogies FOOZ 0c c sJnoH BUIEN 3no 420I5 u 12012 adAy Bunioday 008 SJNOH JEJOL Epig Aed JON 000 SINOH 64267 Apudaye IN 000 000 SINGH Old GAL
34. FamilyLife Ministries a division of Campus Crusade for Christ e Synon Inc developers of the 4GL 4 generation language for IBM AS 400 midrange computer systems e Triple S Steel industry based steel and hardware firm in Houston Texas e Abbey Home Healthcare now Apria with over 250 offices nationwide their systems integrated all locations providers of home healthcare and durable medical equipment services multi billion dollar company e Hill Rom a division of Hillenbrand Industries makers of hospital beds for hospitals worldwide multi billion dollar company e RLI insurance major insurance company based in Peoria Illinois multi billion dollar company e ELCA BOP Evangelical Lutheran Church in America Board of Pensions manages retirement benefits and medical ancillary benefits for the retirement and employed professionals for the worldwide church organization In 1996 David founded 2K Communications a worldwide provider of web hosting services and solutions for individuals and businesses 2K Communications serves customers in over 27 countries worldwide In 1999 David made his way to southern California where he became a partner in a trophy awards company When he walked through the doors of the store he saw immediate problems with the computerized aspects of the business Way too much time was being spent on the paperwork and routine management tasks of the awards business and not enough time
35. Invoices to Print Exit System BH E Ed a E Past Due Notices En Send Orders Left over 30 days 1 o 0 oO 8 Orders To Be Shipped Today cul POSTS Users Manual Pont of Sale Custom At this time will confirm that do intend to delete the e mail message by clicking on the Yes button The e mail will now be completely gone Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 144 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Creating Renaming and Deleting Folders can also create new folders to help me organize my e mails that want to keep Likewise can rename a folder and delete a folder if necessary If you delete a folder be aware that all e mails inside the folder will be moved to the trashbox If you don t want this to occur create a new folder and use the transfer function to transfer e mails to the new folder before deleting the folder Let s create a new folder Click on the New button next to the list of folders This brings up the following dialog Name the new folder and click on create folder button Wi Point of Sale Customer Information System Main System Menu Form Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System d In Jennifer Sherman order System III
36. Kramer Hologram Publishers s S ohn Ta ss ss lt sSSSSSCis 1585 South Walla Walla Street ute 4875 Depatment85 Est LI 714 454 7878 Cell John_jackson krhologrampub com Delete Order Line Quantity PLAQUES Stock Item Name Plaques Additional Order Options Shipping Information Direct Billing Details Order Payment Details Order Statistics Order Comments Purchase Order Details Misc Labor Charges Zoom Order Totals Pickup Ship By 9 25 2005 SORA scheduled S2203 SOF Marketing Code Word of Mouth v Stock Location X Pickup Location e Change Order Line Unit Price MiscLabor Extended Price Tax 45 80 Order Total Sales Tax Shipping Handling Coupon Discounts Less Total Payments 91 60 7 10 0 00 0 00 0 00 Balance Due Notice that sales tax was automatically calculated That is because 92886 is a California based zip code and our example is using California as our tax base Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 21 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Now we have an order in the system that is over 30 00 The system will not let you print a receipt to the customer nor let you complete the order without collecting a 40 deposit Remember you can change these requirements later
37. Maybe it was in A 04 bin box labeled A 04 maybe you didn t have any stock at all and had to order the stock Checkmark the box and select the On Order option from the pull down list When you go to work on the order a few days later and print a Work Order the bin box location will print on the Work Order Just go to the bin box printed on the Work Order get the stock that was set aside assemble the trophies engrave and the order is done No tracking of inventory required with this scenario Pickup Location The pickup location indicates where you put the customers completed order When you complete an order you will trigger an event which will allow you to mark the order complete and specify the pickup bin location We will go over triggering events later on see Triggering Events and Why on Page 25 The lifecycle of on order includes Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 11 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x a Completing an order b Customer picking up order or shipping an order to customer With the above lifecycles you must keep BizWizard informed of what status an order is in This is done by triggering an event When you trigger an event and mark an order complete if the order is a will call order you will need to supply a pickup location This can also be bin box
38. Order Layouts Run by Date Placed Contact Phone 8 Contact Fax Purchase Order i IIA TA UT OF STATE Expected Completion Date Expected Completion Time wv Tax Exem 8 21 2003 901 784 8889 L 4M 901 496 3526 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 41 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Internal Work Order The internal work order is used to show what works is to be performed on the order If you remember when you entered an order you could specify personalization text The internal work order is where personalization text prints out Use it as a checklist so you can pass the work order off to an employee and they should be able to handle completing and processing the order Date Time Schedule Internal Work Order 8 21 2003 Order Number 3 30 PM CompanyName Date Placed Contact Name Contact Phone f po 5 Contacta Shipping Method Stock Bin fi Pickup Date Time at Proof Requested L Quantity Description 10 TROPHY Standard Trophy 2 1 2 x 5 White Italian Marble Base 8 Round Blue Gold Prism Column on Left With 5 Soccet Bicycle Kick Figure 2 Round Blue Gold on Right with 2004 Script Trim 2 PLAQUES Plaques 9 x 12 Cherry Cove 5x 7 Acrylic Picture at top
39. Order of Work with Orders Screen The sort buttons are at the top of each column Simply click the button for the sort you want The sort will occur in ascending sequence See the following example of where the sort buttons are located the default sort order is by customer name Point of Sales Customer Information System Main System Menu Form Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System AccountingSystem Associate System Payroll System O User Lo d In System Default s Date Time Thursday Aug 21 2003 09 36 26 PM Date Time Thursday Aug 21 2003 09 36 35 PM Work with Orders Print Work Order Summarization Other Options Add Import Order New Order Maintain Order Status fan Orders gt AND Orders Taken im Last 60 Days y AND Customer Search I Customer Name Order Number Order Status Date Time Taken Purchase Order Work with Customers Work with Vendors Inventory that Needs Ordering gt Other Options Janice Jamison l Work with Outstanding A R Print Customer Invoices Post Payments to Invoices Other Options Work with Associates Change Password Clock In Clock Out Manage Internal E mails Work with Payroll Print Payroll Report Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout EE System 200000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Invoices to Print E m Past Due Notices to Send Orders Left over 30 days 0 Orders To Be Shipped Today
40. Overide Minimum Direct Billing New Minimum Direct Bill Amount Auto Billing i 274 Payment Method X e Credit Card Number Exp Date TAPER LU y l e Tit Name on Card Billing Address T City State Zip 1 1 7 Let s discuss what some of the fields that we have entered do First of all any invoices that print will be addressed to the company name then the attention line then the billing address So an invoice to be sent to this customer will be addressed as follows ABC 123 Corporation Attn Accounts Payable 254984 North Winged Way Suite 5498 East Falmouth MA 02536 You can make the attention line whatever you like however it is traditional to invoice the accounts payable department of a company You will find that if you mail invoices directly to accounting they will be processed much quicker than sending them to an individual who may sit on the invoice for 2 3 weeks before even giving it to their accounts payable department This means you get paid quicker Many accounts payable departments will receive the invoice and they want to get the invoice paid so they will now take the bull by the horns and contact the person who placed the order to have them sign off on the payment This will typically increase the speed at which you receive payment The shipping method is the default shipping method that will be set for any new orders created for this customer The shipping address type will
41. P gen Print Work Order Summarization Other Options System Setup Management son 2 3 6 Revision Date 1 16 2004 em Work with Customers ib F47D7 D 40 33 C E Work with endors General System Setup Settings 1 TDIAD ED37 DE FDC E7D33 CE99 D0 902 Inventory that Needs Ordering E Products Offered Other Options Highest ve Holiday Vacation Blackout Dates User Maximum Marketing Codes Pentium 1 M David Matney P AAAA PEN E Coupons Discount Codes 1015284 KB Work with Outstanding A R Country Management 2x Print Customer Invoices Payment Method Windows Post Payments to Invoices Payment Terms i 12 Version 5 1 Buld 2600 Other Options Shipping Methods P Plationn Windows MT Product Classifications LEA A1 Incoming Bins DA GB Work with Associates Outgoing Bins Change Password Applicatig Setup E Mail Templates Clock Inj Clock Out OLEDDE Import Facility Manage Internal E mails DOE Riequ Defaut Ried Default Ope Resolution Size Color Jefault Dire Work with Payroll sb E Se ERIS Other Options JET db Engine is version 4 0 8075 0 Runtime Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS Sem x Logout dita S nares cee Invoices to Print 16 Exit System m a O E IM El Hn E Em TH g ET E Past Due Notices to Send 2 Orders Left over 30 days 33 6 12 0 0 03 5 8 50 6 1 0 0 0 8 5 15 Orders To Be Shipped Today 15 E Linked Notepad MA Pont of Sale Custom m P
42. Screen will change to display orders due on Monday as shown below The Left Arrow will show orders that are past due for completion and the right arrow shows future orders due for completion The following is an example of clicking on the right arrow which shows orders at least one week away and beyond Bill Point of Sale Customer Information System Main System Menu Form Misc Options Order System Customer System PurchasinglIreentory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System Legged In ML David Mabey te Toe Sonda Feb 16 2004 05 53 4 3 Pr Order hem sbem Date Time Monday Feb 16 7004 05 53 45 PM Work with Orders Print Work Order Surnmarizathon Other Options Work with Customers Purchase Order E PUP Wd M ILOT V Work with endors Customer Hans Onder Status Date Time Taken Inventory that Needs Ordering Other Options F Alco Fastening Systems B0124 Open 3 18 2003 8 08 04 PM Yealy Corporate Awards Order Big B s Motor Racing 201 23 Open 32142003 11 35 04 AM Work with Outstanding A F Print Customer Invoices Big B s Motor Racing 20125 Open 3 18 2003 8 10 49 PH Post Payments to Invoices Spring Employees of the Quarter Awards Other Options Shaumburg Little League 80127 Open 3 18 2003 8 21 32 PM es Society of Fathers in Need 801 26 Open 3 18 2003 8 15 44 PM Work with Associabes E Eel Yearly Fathers in Need Awand Change Password n Clock In Clock Out U
43. Studio All Rights Reserved 71 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain Customer Boe ABE 123 Corporation ne ccounts Payable Billing Address Shipping Address Method UPS Ground T Address Type Commercial Address Customer Shipper 1 PO 254984 Morth Winged Way 254984 North Winged Way 0000 Suite 5498 fPSuite 549 United States United States y Do Not Invoice Customer l Order Number Date Time Taken 6723 7003 5 29 34 PH 872572003 i i 87237 2003 5 36 19 PH 6 25 2003 Open Order You can now see the two orders in the system for ABC 123 Corporation You can click on Open Order to open the Maintain Order Screen and maintain these orders What is a Customer vs an Order Let s review the difference between a customer and an order Think of customers as those that fit into any of the following statements 1 A person or company you direct bill and maintain an accounts receivable file 2 Aperson or company you have a credit card on file to pay for all their orders 3 A person or company that you simply want to keep track of their buying history yet they are COD customers 4 A person or company you want to maintain an active relationship An order represents a specific request made by either a customer as defined previously or a walk in person or co
44. System Logout ea System 2005000005 20000000 n Md Invoices to Print Orders Left over 30 days 3 6 1 2 0 0 0 39 5 B 60 5 1 0 0 0 8 5 15 Orders To Be Shipped Today Gy POSCISUsersManua MB Point of Sale Custom E Untitled Notepad Be Adobe Acrobat Profe 4 2 0 5 45 AM This will queue up the report and send it to the selected printer The following page is an example of the Payroll Report Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 148 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners Users Manual for Version 3 x BizWizard Professional zj0 abeg 612863 0008 Pe OLS 60 26 AA AT ARA O St Z96 00 0 PS 01 60 26 g2t1 Etts AE FILETS 00 0 z9z LUZZS c9 c6 go Lgs Sl L6z 60 cc 00 0 9z czzc zee 005 SF 0628 r6 zZZS 00 0 os z eL 12 CPcS Dasz 0 t92 EL Loz 00 0 czz 156 81e co a 0b c2 G6 vz 69908 00 0s 2608 Pers 00 0 Qm se Sb ZOLS Keg JON las wim eras lua pes 85015 1 odes jodAegd Al 6trt 99 695 Brrr 88 686 6Vtt 90 6805 6trbt 98 685 G6trt 39 686 NSS Gaz Zi uenaqaJ Kepsanug Bjoa ag Aww BJoaN ag ALI BjO Ip ag Aww BJODIp ag Aur ejo2i aq Aww SWEN aejossy egoz uenuee ujuojy bunioday OLSL cre Fll XEJ ekrz Z08 FLZ UIEN 90568 AN ous OZP 09 NS Pag SIHH UON SZOL suonnios VMON 149 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Tradem
45. Work with Orders J Print Work Order Sumr Other Options Order bel aintain Work with Customers New E Mail Folder Work with Vendors Bak Create Folder Inventory that Needs Uf Transfer Other Options Folder Marne orders I need ta Followup On Purchase Onder H Da Work with Outstanding Print Customer Invoice Post Payments to Inva Other Options Work with Associates Change Password Clock In Clock Out Manage Internal E mal Work with Payroll Other Options Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout ds S 0 0 8 0 0005000000 pw o B o 0 1 Oo Invoices to Print E Past Due Notices En Send Orders Left over 30 days Orders To Be Shipped Today a POSCIS Users Manual Port of Sale Custom Untitled Notepad Once back at the Work with E mails screen you will see the new folder listed Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 145 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Payroll Subsystem The payroll subsystem allows you to manage the various employees timesheets report on payroll for any specified time period mark timesheets paid with the appropriate pay date as well as the appropriate check number used to pay the timesheet Entering Payroll Information Each week when you
46. by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved A3 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Sales Tax Exemption Got a customer who is a retailer They want sales tax removed Some states require you to have a sales tax exemption request for each transaction and some require simply having it on file Here is a great way to protect yourself Print out a sales tax exemption request and have customer fill it out before you set their order to be sales tax exempt Then if you are ever audited by your sales tax board then you will be protected as to why you did not collect sales tax My Company Name 5544 Anysireel Road o u S ales Lax American City CA 92886 Main 777 777 7777 gt Fax 888 888 8888 Exemption Order Number Date Placed Contact Phone Contact Fax d 201 496 3526 Purchase Order Gross Sales Exempled If the goods or services purchased from us are for resale and will be delivered to an address within state by which we operate a busines you must fill out the resale certificate below to exempt your purges from Sales Tax for that state I hereby certify that I hold a valid Sellers Permit Pursuant to the sales and use tax laws I am engaged in th Dia of spline that the tangible personal property described on This order y hich 1 shall purchase from company listed above as the seller will
47. days Orders To Be Shipped Today O seinir iw o Q0 0 B al POSCIS Les manual D Point of SalefCustom As you can see you must select the user even though the user is logged in this is an added security feature to ensure the correct users password is being changed and you must enter the current password Notice when you enter a password the asterisk is displayed vs what is actually tyoed This is another security feature so that anyone that may be looking over your shoulder will not see what you type Then you must enter the new password a second time You enter it twice as this allows the system to ensure there are not any typos This is extremely important since you cannot really see what you type If the system sees that you have entered the same thing twice then the password change will be accepted If the two passwords entered do not match you will get an error indicating the passwords did not match Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 134 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Clocking In Clocking Out BizWizard time clock allows for clock in and clock out and will track time worked based upon such clocking in and clocking out Only hourly employees must clock in since salaried employees are paid the same each pay period unless you want them to clock in simply to keep
48. dedu guste tsesd Usb scena entitas 170 Tracking Inventory vs Not Tracking Inventory ooccccccconnnccnccnnnncccnncnnnncconnnnnnananononanncnnnnos 171 Holiday Vacation Blackout DalOS ss cides crass non rtp hoi Fed spazi oo rou oe Nace pa eo arre dee eo envio zs 171 Marketing NETS ET TOTO CDD ED EE 172 GOUDONS DISCOUNT COCOS oii 22355 cti illes 173 Country Mana Gemen t ssa dosodeos qu 522255 lidad 174 PAY ment MetNOdS RENE EDD EIS 174 Payment TOMS MN 175 SMIDDING METIOOS is id a 175 Product GIASSINICATIONS Lm 176 NCOMINO BINS ETT DTP 176 OUTGOING BINS ca ba dite de in eai at des oed ta e a ee a 177 Understanding the Snapshot at a Glance 177 System SynchronlZQl cocoa ceo apicc toss ove c coser E cU E Toga dec Uere innia 179 Licensing SUuDSVSIGITI i icoiei ct ins co oue ae OnuEU S qa CHE pde oen cH Eye cox CCo RE ES Pe eue 180 How Licensing WOEIKS eiecti ee ceo iege Eres ge aUe seo ha eus oo cod rae eoe uos ct epa ce uve diaa auaa aa 180 Generating a License Kei acciona 181 Entering Unlock COd6 coii eut eiit eii cO diese du eei veis ei ceev Ee Ras 185 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved Vii All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Getting Started and Conventions Throughout this document we will try to be explicit on where to click what to type and show you s
49. due so you will not see any listed in this snapshot Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 61 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Maintain Customer Users Manual for Version 3 x EA OB C 123 Corporation Billing Address Do Mot Invoice Customer E Shipping Address Method UPS Ground Address Type Commercial Address Customer Shipper 2543984 North Winged way 254984 Morth Winged way 00000 Suite 5498 0000000000000 Suite 5498 United States United States Customer Details Invoices Comments Contacte Orders BalancerAging Purchase DIrder Minimum Billing In Store Credits Invoices Unpaid Account Balance Account Balance Aging Current 1 to 30 31 to 60 61 to 90 31 to 120 120 Plus 12 00 0 00 6 00 6 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Display Order Invoice Date Due Balance Due 200378738 8 13 2003 200378576 221142003 Spending Analysis Print Account Summary Spending Analysis button will display for you how much money a customer has spent with your company in the last month last 2 months last 3 months last 6 months etc This is helpful in making decision as to whether you wish to cut down on credit lines Remember actions you take on a customer may result in the customer no longer wa
50. from this section of BizWizard Let s start by reviewing our payment batches that already exist This is done by clicking on the Post Payments to Invoices option under the Accounting Section of the Main Menu System This will result in the following screen to appear Notice in our example we do not have any payment batches thus we will be creating our first payment batch in the next step Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 97 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Work with Payment Batch Date Batch Batch Status Expected Batch Total Actual Batch Total Creating a Payment Batch From the previous screen click on the Add button This will take us to the following screen whereby we are beginning a new payment batch Maintain Payment Batch Batch Status Open Date 2 19 2004 Expected Batch Total 800 00 Batch 750 Actual Batch Total 0 00 Pi Marian Customer Name Payment Method Payment Details Payment Amount What is a payment batch A payment batch is a collection of checks Let s not think of invoices being paid rather let s think in terms of taking checks that came in the mail and applying them to invoices in the system So a payment batch is a collection of Checks received in the mail or via other delivery devices We start by taking all the checks we re
51. get ready to do payroll you simply start with the Work with Payroll screen shown in the following example To get to this screen click on the Work with Payroll option under the Payroll menu li Point of Sale Customer Information System Main System Menu Form Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System a din M David Matney e Time Thursday Feb 12 2004 05 34 15 AM e Time Thursday Feb 12 2004 05 34 24 AM jn 124 t 11 Work with Orders Print Work Order Summarization Other Options Punt Tenesheet Maintain Timesheet Mark Timesheets Paid ATI Work with Customers Federal State ne A Y Associate w2 Gross Witholding Withholding FICA SDI MET Pay Check H Work with Vendors Jennifer Sherman 1 148 00 31 80 14 80 11 32 1 75 0 00 88 33 5405 Inventory that Needs Ordering b Jennifer Sherman 1 610 50 182 90 54 77 46 70 7 20 0 00 318 53 5486 Other Options Jennifer Sherman 1M 1 221 46 s500 000 93 44 14 41 0 00 763 61 5487 Work with Outstanding A R Print Customer Invoices Post Payments to Invoices Other Options Work with Associates Change Password IS Clock In Clock Out Manage Internal E mails Work with Payroll Other Options Open Database E System Setup Management About POS CIS System Y Logout Orders To be Compre By INVER ES TICKOUE gt Invoices to Print 16 Exit System Em a a E IM E Hn E
52. imer GU i ABC 12 425 656 8987 Other Options Work with Outstanding A R Print Customer Invoices Post Payments to Invoices Other Options Work with Associates Change Password Clock In Clock Out Manage Internal E mails Work with Payroll Print Payroll Report Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout Exit System Invoices to Print Past Due Notices to Send Orders Left over 30 days Orders To Be Shipped Today Searching for Customers The Search for Customers selection value does a search on customer name account number address phone number contact names invoice number etc Simply enter any portion of a value to search and BizWizard will automatically find customers that match the value entered Capitalization is ignored when doing the search and you do not have to enter whole words For instance if a persons name is Jackie Jones you can search on any of the following and the customer will be found 1 Jones 2 Jackie 3 cki 4 ckie 5 jack 6 Jackie jones 7 jac As you can see a match will be found from any of the values BizWizard simply needs to find what you entered in any portion of the fields it is searching You may also select active customers and in active customers to help narrow your list of results returned The following example of where the search fields are Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 74 All Trad
53. like This is where you change it Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 161 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Order Status Setup Tab The Order Status Setup tab is where you can define what gets printed at the top of the order as the title of the printout as well as any messages at the bottom of the order You cannot change the order status itself as it is locked and tightly integrated into the functionalities of BizWizard but you can certainly change what gets printed to the customer for the various order statuses System Setup FICA Tax T able Additional Employee Tax Tables Intemet E Mail Setup Order Warner Text Company Information System Numbering Order Setup Order Status Setup Invoice Setup Sales Tax Setup Order Status Order Printout Page Title Bottom of Order Message Order Acknowledgement Thank you for your Business Please come back agam Aut Complete Order Receipt gt you for your Business Please come back agai a uotalion This quotation iz valid for 15 days from the Date Placed indicated on this quotation IF you have any questions please feel free to contact us so we can further assist you Closed Closed Order Receipt Thank vou for your Business Please come back agam Modify the values to make changes as it relates to how you want it displayed in you
54. man minutes required on average to complete one of an item in this category Incoming Bins Incoming bins are defined as locations in your shop The purpose of incoming bins on an order is to have a place to put anything that a customer leaves in your possession a jewelry box urn vase watch etc or if you need to pull any stock of the shelves and set it aside for the customers order then you can put it in an incoming bin and identify on the order the incoming bin number or location that you put itin This is Maintain Incoming Bins where you setup those incoming Bins E ecd The sort sequence is used to sort the list in Sort Sequence Bin Location the order system This IS needed in case yOU have selections that are not numerical or alphabetical The system will sort the list in whichever order is more logical to you Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 176 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain Incoming Bins Outgoing Bins prr BE Outgoing bins are the same as incoming bins except an outgoing bin is where you Sort Sequence Bin Location place a completed order You tell BizWizard in the order system which outgoing bin you placed the order in so that at a later time when maybe a different employee is helping the customer that is pickup on the order that employee will b
55. of a Credit that has been provided for this customer account and is only accurate on the date and time it was Printed Any newly created invoices will cause a change in the credit shown here as this credit will be applied to the open balances of future invoices thus reducing the amount of this particular in store credit In store credits may also be transferred It may be transferred to another customer thus creating an in store credit for the other customer it may be applied to an invoice for this customer and it may be applied to an order as a payment on the order To initiate the process of transferring the balance of the in store credit click on the Transfer Balance button on the Display In Store Credit screen This will bring up the following screen where you will be able to specify where to transfer the credit to Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 65 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Transfer In Store Credit WARNING Transferring the In Store Credit Will Transfer only the Balance of the Credit You have the Option of Transfering the Credit to 4 An Order with a Balance Due B An Invoice with a Balance Due C Another Customer Creating a New In Store Credit Transfer Option fan Invoice For This Customer With a Balance Due C An Order with a Balance Due Customer Back
56. of their respective owners Users Manual for Version 3 x Total Gross Sales 34 86 5509 20 141 75 53 00 185 40 472 83 26 50 9 10 81 10 595 00 201 20 293 80 69 40 44 80 118 40 50 00 5236 85 150 35 97 50 55 80 51 25 44 50 35 85 13 95 5 00 0 00 3 617 39 Page 2 of 20 120 BizWizard Professional Marketing Description Telephone Book Qty Qty Qty Qty City aty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Oty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty 1000 244 74 56 4r 38 25 20 12 m mk C IX IX Ss 23 23 lA CO Fi C QU CD PLASTIC TROPHY PLATES ENG TAX MISC TAX MEDALS PM812 APGF0114 PLAQUES APSCOBZPA ZRP5233BA MISC NONTX APSCOS4PA NOTATION ACO4T4 2A VARGS ZRP1085A ZRP1413A ZRP2045A ZRR630BA ACRYLIC ZDDAK112DA ZAAB07 SVA AC8474 4A SCULPTURE C810 ZP55621GSA Friday February 20 2004 Plastic Signage Standard Trophy Plates Engraving Taxable Misc Taxable AX UK VM Medals Medallions 5 2 e S 9 X 12 SponsofiCoach ream Mom Award Golf Trophy e T Blgb X c Piagues MOM Sports Pict r Plaque 5 e Plate Design oHectia Plaques Marble Essence Coll Misc NofieTavable Sports Pigf re Plaque IMPORTANT NOTE TO CUSTOMER Recognition Plaque 6 x 8 w Black Aluminum Lasered E X 8 Sport Appreciation Plaque Employee of the Month Plaques Perpetual Plaque Sc P
57. ordered and placed on a purchase order This action cannot be reversed Please confirm that you wish to proceed to create purchase orders e This is simply a confirmation message It is to give you the opportunity to back out of the option of building purchase orders in case you accidentally clicked on the Build Purchase Orders button For our purposes this is what we want to do so go ahead and confirm that you want to build purchase orders by clicking on yes You will now be back at the Main System screen The line items that needed to be ordered have been placed on a pending purchase order The purchase order is pending because it has not been finalized and sent off to your vendor Working with Pending Purchase Orders C Ck O n the Ot her Wl Point of Sale Costomer information System Main System Menu Form Mec Coto Cre Lys tor Sytem proa rre Sytem Aemuning System Agapia Divisa Pepo Sate m Options link on the left Main Menu System MI hand side of your screen ETS rs uium or use the pull down A TE menu and select Work A Order Stau e AAA Orders Taken im La ED with Pending Purchase NEMO Canter Seach Orders If you use the D i i Inventory that Needs Ordering l ABC 123 Corporation Other Options Link this ia will pull up a submenu psa a Prnt Customer javora from which you can select Post Payments Ieee the Work with Pending y Purchase Orders
58. out who took the order and then you know who to ask questions to The associate system also has inter office e mail abilities see Internal E mail System on Page 137 This is especially useful because you can attach BizWizard objects to an inter office e mail For instance if you are working with an order and the customer asks you a question but you cannot answer the question You can e mail that order to your manager and when the manager gets the e mail the order is attached All the manager has to do to look up the order is click a button from within the e mail and the order is automatically displayed for the manager Other features of the associate system include a built in time clock Associates clock in and clock out which causes BizWizard to record their working hours By having your employees use this feature you will be able to run payroll reports at the end of the week and know how many hours each employee worked as well as calculate certain aspects of withholding It is important to understand that the timesheet system only supports payroll reporting for employees paid on a weekly basis and calculation of overtime is based upon a 40 hour week so if your state calculates overtime based upon daily hours let us know We can incorporate a change in the software to support your needs Let s get started on feature of the associate system Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 124 All Trademarks and Service
59. properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Maintain Customer ar Mame ABC 1 23 Corporation Account H 534 ian Line Accounts Payable Statu Billing Address Shipping Address Method Users Manual for Version 3 x UPS Ground Do Not Invoice Customer l Address Type Commercial Address Customer Shipper 254384 Noth Winged Way 254984 North Winged Way ME Suite 549 malmot aun I2 535 F ast Falrmiaut Date Time Comment 11 22 2003 10 36 28 Customer Called and said they will be out of town until next System Default week and will not be able to issue check payment until they 11 22 2003 10 36 30 Tried to call customer ta collect on balance due and got a System Default busy signal each time called Will try to call again later get back inta town have told them that this 12 fine ver rude and unhelpful 11 22 2003 10 36 49 Do nat talk to Sherry Smith in the Accounts Payable Sheis A System Default 1142272003 10 36 56 Balance Aging Details On the Balance Aging Tab you can get a snapshot at how past due a customer is down the actual number of days past due All Invoices with a balance due will appear in the list on the right hand side along with the number of days past due On the left side the aging will calculate and put total dollars past due in each of the categories See the following example screen this customer does not have any bills
60. properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Shipping Notifications What is this for As employees finish orders and box them up they can print a shipping notification and fill in the details on the shipping notification Then all you have to do 20 30 Users Manual for Version 3 x minutes before you close out shipping for the day is take all the shipping notifications sit down at your shipping computer station and print shipping labels If you prefer to print labels as they are boxed you can do that You don t have to use the shipping notification printout It s there if you want to use it My Company Name 5544 Anystreet Road American City CA 92886 Main 777 777 7777 Fax 888 888 8888 Order Number Shipping Notification Shipping Method UPS Ground Address Type Residential Address E Mail Address j jamison 2l web net Contact Phone 901 784 8889 Box Description Insurance Length Width 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Eo Rm m HER E oR E IA un SL RANY c junk oc Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 35 BizWizard Professional Packing Slips Print one for each box you ship identify on the packing slip what items are in the box This is important for shipping and receiving departments as they unpack boxes to ensure they received everything you sai
61. purchase orders that are finalized but not received into Inventory you will need to click on Work with Finalized Inventory from the pull down menu or select the Other Options link from the Left hand side menu as shown below Il Point of 5ale Customer Information System Main System Menu Form a fe fr Mec Opbons rde System Dustomer System Purchasng inventory System Accountng System Agsocate System Payrol System B i y E 4 dm Work wth Vendors n Irentory Needs to Be Ordered 07 12 30 PH tem BE Wort nut Pending Purchase Orders N 07 12 31 PH Work with Orders Sore With Eradzed Purchase Order Print Work Order Sammeariration n Other Options Order Statue 48 Coder Budd Import Dader New Order Didier Pel ere Orders Taken inc Last D ay Customer Search Work with Vendors Duntonmes Hae Lrvenbory that heeds Ondenng P ABC 123 Corporation Other Options s Work with Customers h Ic Work with Gutstandmg A R Print Customer Imeoices Post Payments to Imeokces Other Optex Work with Associates Vendor Options Menu Form Change IFassword Clock In Clock Out Vendor Management Options Hanege Internal E mails Work with Payroll Print Payroll Report Open Database Work with Linalured Purchase Orders yatem Setup Management About POS CIS System Deore Logout oK Exit Syrien T s Past Due Hotira bo Send i Orders Left over 20 days Orders To Be Ship
62. report on the Main Menu System under Payroll click on the Other Options link This will bring up Payroll Options Menu Select the Print Payroll Report option and then select the date range you want for the report on the resultant screen Then select which printer you wish to print to and click on the Print Report button Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System d In M David Matney lime Thursday Feb 12 2004 05 45 35 AM eam ate Time Thursday Feb 122004 05 45 42 AM Work with Orders Print Work Order Summarization Other Options nn Payroll Options Menu Form Print Timesheet Maintain Timesheet Mark Timesheets Paid em Work with Customers Payroll Options 3 NET Pay k Work with endors a bre Inventory that Needs Ordering y CHCKINg on the desired Action you wish Other Opti akt ES Generate Payroll Report Form Account Print Payroll Reports Work with Outstanding A R Print Paid Sales By Associate Print Customer Invoices Post Payments to Invoices Other Options Ma A11 From Date 2 1 2004 To Date 2 23 2004 Work with Associates Change Password Clock In Clock Out Manage Internal E mails Printing Preferences PS Am I Work with Payrol Print To Printer samsung mn 1450 Series j Other Options Open Database Print Report System Setup Management About POS CIS
63. seen numerous customers indicate they liked receiving the invoice because it was a good reminder to them during their busy schedules that they have an order waiting to be picked up So keep in mind when an order is marked complete and it is direct billed an invoice is generated in a pending status Go ahead and don t be afraid to mail out those invoices It s a very standard and normal way of doing business Completing an Order Let s go ahead and assume we have processed Janice Jamison s order it is complete and now ready to be marked complete in BizWizard system From the Work with Orders screen select Janice s order and then click on the Maintain button This will pull up the Maintain Order screen with Janice s order Now click on Trigger Event button you will be presented with the following screen of course yours may look a little different because Janice s order is scheduled to be shipped and the following screen is for a customer who is picking up their order Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 26 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Select Event Action Form Select Event Action You Wish to Perform Order is Stored Mark Order Complete The only option you have available is to Mark Order Complete This is because this event must occur before any of the next
64. state and setup the Tax or not to tax options for your products accordingly Tracking Inventory vs Not Tracking Inventory When do you want to track inventory Again this is a question you must ask yourself In the Trophy industry do not believe you want to track inventory on Nuts Rods Bolts figures etc You will soend more time doing inventory than selling product However you may want to track inventory on whole items meaning items you buy from the vendor and sell the same way to the customer with the exception that you have engraved the item Whole items might be acrylic awards ready made plaques ready made trophies etc This again is something you will need to decide as to what extent you want to keep inventory The system supports tracking ALL inventories Tracking NO Inventory and tracking some but not all inventory How flexible is that Holiday Vacation Blackout Dates What is a Holiday Vacation Blackout date Well simply put it s a date that you may wish to prevent the taking of orders An example we are closed on December 24 and 25 for Christmas Now you may want to ensure that your employees don t accidentally take an order to be due or worked on December 25 so create a Holiday Blackout date If an employee tries to take an order to be worked on our due on one of these days the system will stop them Even more to the point orders that are scheduled to be picked up within 25 days prior to a holiday b
65. that the end result of the thermo lamination process may not be what the customer expects due to the fact the lamination process can cause raised letters used in a seal to flatten or certain inks can bleed etc If you specify waiver form text then whenever the product is ordered a waiver will automatically printout this helps the employee remember that the customer must sign the waiver and the employee won t forget to have the customer sign it since it prints automatically If you checkmark the sales tax box then sales tax will be calculated for this line item Otherwise it will be considered to be sales tax exempt Sales tax exempt items might be services or in some states like Minnesota wearable products are sales tax exempt The Track Inventory checkbox tells BizWizard that you are keeping inventory on this item Remember BizWizard lets you track inventory on what you want to track and allows you to NOT track inventory on items you don t want to track So if this is an item you want the system to manage inventory on simply click the checkbox and the Inventory Details tab will be made visible allowing you to setup the inventory The following screen shows the inventory details tab Maintain Product Change Status Delete Status Active Product H IDHEIL Item Name 24 Round Concave Glass Award Item Description Award Classification Blaze General Ledger Product Sales Glass Awards Base Unit Price 54
66. the installation directory If it didn t have a purpose we wouldn t have it installed Now the actual file that is the database is named aposcis tables mdb EVERY INSTALL DIRECTORY ON EVERY COMPUTER IN YOUR NETWORK WILL MAY OR MAY NOT HAVE A FILE NAMED aposcis tables mdb HOWEVER THE EXISTENCE OF THIS FILE IN THE INSTALLATION DIRECTORY DOES NOT MEAN IT IS THE DATABASE USED TO STORE YOUR ORDERS ASSOCIATES CUSTOMERS ETC Remember BizWizard system needs a database to link to before BizWizard can even start up So the existence of an empty database file in the installation directory is necessary for the sole purpose of linking in case it is unable to link to the actual database We recommend you copy the aposcis tables mdb file to a directory on a shared drive in your network that is COMPLETELY SEPARATE from any installation directories where BizWizard system is installed This copied file will become the database that stores the orders customers associates etc Then on each computer in your network you will use the Open Database option under the Main Menu System in the Misc Options Section to select that database and thus link each installation of BizWizard system to the file that is on the shared directory Once you have linked BizWizard system to the aposcis tables mdb that is on the shared directory then BizWizard will start using that shared database The aposcis tables mdb file that is in the installation d
67. the necessary information it needs to know how to calculate shipping costs Take a look at the following screen We will discuss in detail what each field means next Shipping Method Description UPS Ground Iv Shipping Address Required DiveyChages SSCS E Delivery Information Required pal wi i a Pickup Information Required UPS Delivery Requires Customer Shipper Number Standard Shipping Perentage 9 00 Residential Shipping Percentage Surchage 3 00 Minimum Standard Shipping Rate 6 00 Minimum Residential Shipping Surchage 3 00 UPS end Day Aur Iv Shipping Address Required Dau Chains E Delivery Information Required E E Pickup Information Required UPS Delivery Requires Customer Shipper Number Standard Shipping Perentage 20 00 Residential Shipping Percentage Surchage 3 00 Minimum Standard Shipping Rate 22 00 Minimum Residential Shipping Surchage 3 00 UPS Nest Day Ar Saver v Shipping Address Hequired men Delivery Information Required 3 m Pickup Information Required UPS Delivery Requires Customer Shipper Number Standard Shipping Perentage 25 00 Residential Shipping Percentage Surchage 3 00 Minimum Standard Shipping Rate 27 00 Minimum Residential Shipping Surchage 3 00 First you have a Shipping Method Description and also general ledger categories Next you specify whether the shipping method requires a shipping address delivery address or pickup inf
68. then the Billing E Mail Address Field will disappear Be sure you invoice at least one method Customer Contacts You may have noticed there are several tabs on the Maintain Customer screen Each tab represents more information that can be managed for this customer For instance on the invoices tab you will be able to view and manage the invoices for this customer on the comments tab you will be able to view and manage notations and comments Let s talk about the customer contacts Please click on the Contacts tab to reveal the customer contacts details Customer contacts are individual people at the company that you maintain relationships with It can be a buyer human resources agent accounts payable clerk president of company etc This screen is where you will enter in those contacts and indicate any details about the contact that Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 58 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x may be different such as a direct line phone number or phone number with an extension or their cell phone number e mail address etc You also will specify who is an authorized buyer at this company and who is not This is important when you have a customer who has indicated that they will only pay for orders that are purchased by human resources agent named Cindy Lou BizWi
69. track of how many hours they are actually putting in Under the Associate System the clock in clock out option may be clicked to bring up the following screen Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System B d In ML David Matney Time Thursday Feb 12 2004 03 40 18 AM Time Thursday Feb 122004 03 40 23 AM COE I a E 1i Work with Orders Print Work Order Summarization Other Options New Order Add Import Onder Maintain 100 Work with Customers Work with Vendors Date Time Taken Purchase Order Inventory that Needs Ordering b Other Options Business Date 2 12 2004 2 3 2004 8 05 40 PH Business Time 3 40 23 AM Associate Pa David Matney ba 211172004 7 59 49 PH Password p Work with Outstanding A R Print Customer Invoices Post Payments to Invoices Other Options 2 11 2004 8 01 33 PM 2 3 2004 8 04 09 PM l Spot Plaques a8 E Desmond Interior Design 80135 Clozed 2 13 2004 8 09 04 PM Work with Associates E Employee of the Year Awards Change Password Clock In Clock Out Home of the Depots 80137 Closed 2 17 2004 8 13 31 PM Manage Internal E mails L Product Plates Pacific Telephone and Telegraph 801 36 Closed 2 17 2004 8 12 10 PM Ayro l Hame Badges Work with Payroll Other Options Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout Exit S
70. was being spent on marketing and development By necessity not much time could be spent on the marketing aspects when the management is spending all of their available time entering orders into financial software just to invoice it David said let s automated and fix this problem and he did He took is experience from large corporate world scaled it down to small retail operations specifically the trophy and awards retail business and began work on BizWizard system in July of 1999 Working day and night the first version was put into production on October 1 1999 Three years later after enhancements and adding more and more features BizWizard system is now going to market Ready for all trophy and awards shops to take advantage of the work that went into this system This is where you are at right now You may already have a system such as QuickBooks or Peachtree etc We are not saying get rid of these systems rather we are simply saying Use them for what they were designed to be used for They are accounting software packages they are not order entry order management trophy store management software packages and if you have tried to adapt them for such purposes am sure you have already found the reasons why it is so cumbersome for such purposes BizWizard is designed to work within a trophy and awards store environment This software will never be marketed to any other industry except the trophy awards and sign shop in
71. 01 784 8889 LC Date Placed Completion Date Time Terms of Sale PO Resale Num ber 8 21 2003 8 21 2003 after 3 30 00 PM Balance Due Upon Pickup I OUT OF STATE Qty Stock 8 Description Standard Trophy Unit Price Ext Price 12 50 125 00 Ta vi 2 1 2 x 5 White Italian Marble Base 8 Round Blue Gold Prism Columm on Left With 5 Soccer Bicycle Kick Figure 2 Round Blue Gold on Right with 2004 Script Trim Plaques 22 50 45 00 ivi 9 x 12 Cherry Cove 5x 7 Acrylic Picture at top Sdeoer Plaque Mown bottom left 3 x 3 Red Aluminum Engraving Plate on Bottom Right Engraving Taxable 3 Line Helvetica Font Style Date Description of Payment 8 21 2003 Cash Payment 9 21 2003 Visa 66667777 9 21 2003 Check 65415 Bank B nk of Janice Thank you for your Business Please come back again We will work hard to try and complete your order by the Expected Date and Time identified at the top of this order Please let us know ifthe above date and time will not fit within your time schedule as soon as possible and we will try to work within your time constraints as best as we can Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 0 04 51 20 Payment Amount 95 00 32 00 61 02 Order Total Less Coupon Discount After Discount Sub Total Sales Tax 7 75 New Sub Total Shipping H andling Final T otal ess Credits Applied Balance Upon Pick Up All Trademar
72. 07 384 959 8989 Print Customer Invoices Post Payments to Invoices m AS Other Options a B78 454 1145 Maintain Marketing Codes 388 454 4487 Drove By and Saw the Store UNA Work with Associates 774 858 9958 Change Password 78 B35 BB54 Clock In Clock Out n 654 454 7789 Manage Internal E mails i Marketing Code TELEBODH 310 454 4489 am E Marketing Description Telephone Book aa Work with Payro 14162 gt gt 412 562 5569 4 Start Date 7 1 2001 End Date 7 31 2005 Other Options 14656 Fra E xj zi 909 459 8541 Total Cost 0 00 LA ns 16489 Galli 954 784 5821 Open Database 14058 Grand Havana sewing Equipment 996 Seventh Avenue New Tor 545 853 8989 System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout Exit System lt O Invoices to Print CS EE re Orders Left over 30 days o 0 1 o 0 o 8 Orders To Be Shipped Today U j Bar IF CEE lao be Lompi i o a 0 O WU B Untitled Notepad Point of SalefCustom aj POSTIS Users Manual US ml 11 20am Coupons Discount Codes Coupons and Discount Codes are an excellent way to keep track of discounts Maintain Coupons set rules on how the discount must be SPOR Code HOURS applied which products are excluded as Type certi T Ej well as maximums minimums ci T descriptions etc Dollar Amount Discount 0 00 i l Maximum Discount Amount 100 00 uc Mini
73. 1 1 2005 rolls around the new sales tax will automatically be implemented Important Note Sales tax is calculated based upon the date the order is completed So let s assume that on 1 1 2005 there is a 2 sales tax increase On 12 15 2004 you take an order from a customer and thus their receipt will show a sales tax that is effective on 12 15 2004 The sales tax CANNOT be reported until the sale completes and in the awards industry sales complete over time They do not complete until the customer picks up the order or the order is marked complete with no payment due Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 164 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x So let s assume the customer picks up their order on 1 7 2005 guess what they now owe an additional 1 2 because the sale did not complete before the sales tax changed You need to be aware of this aspect Most likely you will hardly ever run into this scenario but be aware it is possible because of the way the awards industry completes sales over time vs traditional retail which completes a sale immediately at the cash register FICA Tax Table Setup Tab The FICA tax table is MUCH simpler than the sales tax table Simply enter an effective date and a percentage rate and you are done See the following example system Setup Company Information
74. 174 Payment Terms Specifies who is allowed to setup payment terms and manage existing payment terms see Payment Terms on Page 175 Shipping Methods Determines who is allowed to setup shipping methods used within your company for shipping of products see Shipping Methods on Page 175 Vendor Management Determines who is allowed to add change and generally manage the vendors that are in BizWizard These are your vendors from whom you buy supplies and materials See Purchasing Inventory Subsystem on Page 75 Manage Customer Accounts Determines who is allowed to manage setup add and in activate various customers used for ongoing customer company relationships as well as setting things such as credit limits defaults for orders see Customers System on Page 53 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 133 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Changing Your Password Each Associate needs to have the ability to change their login password so only they know what the password is Anyone who has authority to manage associates has the ability to reset a users password however they do not have the ability to see it beyond knowing what it was when the user was originally setup As long as an associate is logged in they can change their password by clicking on the Change Password link on und
75. 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 109 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System ped In M David Matney Sales Tax Summarization Report Form Lun 12 4 iat Work with Orders Print Work Order Summarization Other Options Report From gt 17 2004 Report To gt 129 2004 Order New Order hel aintain tnd imi i a Otel Gross ES eee eee sata eee ee 8 539 00 Details Work with Customers 2 Sales to Other Retailers For resale eae it 245 00 Work with Vendors 3 Nontaxable labor repair and installation 0 00 me Taken Furchase Order E Inventory that Needs Ordering 4 Sales To Federal Government ees 0 00 05 40 PM Other Options 5 Sales To State Government occ eee es 3 0 00 Details ron 6 Sales To County Government cesi 30 00 7 59 49 PM Work with Outstanding A R Fi SMS TOSEY ORO e om Le S AT 5 1 0 Print Customer Invoices B Sales in Interstate Commerce 6 see ead 1 145 00 8 01 33 PH Post Payments to Invoices 9 Sales in Foreign Commerce sss 0 00 Other Options 10 Sales To Non Profit Exempli 0 00 Detals 04 09 PM CA i UH n m Work with Associates Total of exempt transactions add lines 2 through 10
76. 5 system 8 Logged Inc M Darid bel 04 y 1D Fifa 1 1h Po 1 Form PE 2064 1 OE on B Work with Urd gp oun inting Op tions Print Work Ord Uther Uptians T l MI sunl T list Emp RITE 63 cart the ch LUSTCHTIEF y 1 with to tal au Done um ALL au Eu mm e a zh er Mew Order Maintain In Work with Cus hasiri SON ARA ATTIC HUE COS E Work willy Ven Inventory tha Print Dady Duana Eir bs n PEC amo nomen Push Paj ecl J Vranzacinan Dele Dezcnplsun Paran 5001 weorkw Suh Categary Name Eliae Corpurale Plaques PA Lock In ais m Engraving 1 0cable 2 20 i davroll Trophies wirke wl Other Ui E Delivery Mise Ll Misc beni Tenable Garra about H Selis Parr T atale Layee This screen not only allows you to change the sub category name but it also allows you to see all the invoice line items on all invoices that are linked to this category You can even click on the View Invoice to display the actual invoice each transaction is linked to Printing General Ledger Summarizations Yes we have the ability to print General Ledger Summarization This report is extremely useful because it gives us the ability to see where sales are from where income is from etc as well as having a vehicle to enter general ledger information into your favorite accounting package Now Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 106 Al
77. 6 92 v Taxable Item Product Cost 225 00 Track Inventory Attributes Waiver Form Setup Inventory Details Vendor Discount Trophy e Vendor Product JEKDOK Quantity on Hand 1 Adjust On Hand Allocated Details Total Quantity On Hand 1 Quantity Backordered 0 Details Quantity Ordered Not Received 0 Additional Quantity To Order 1 Minimum Quantity To Stock 1 Re Order in Increments of 1 As you can see there are many values such as quantity on hand on hand allocated total quantity on hand quantity backordered etc etc Each of these is fairly self explanatory but let me give a little insight There are 5 fields that tell you the state of affairs These 5 fields simply let you Know what we have where we have it and who if anyone gets it Quantity On Hand This figure represents the quantity of pieces we have that we can sell This is how many is on our store shelves in stock Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 169 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x On Hand Allocated This represents how many pieces we have on hand but that are allocated to orders in the system When new orders are created that have a quantity for this stock item it will allocate those items to that order If an order is cancelled that had allocated items then the items
78. 889 901 496 3526 8 21 2003 OUT OF STATE Ext Price Ta 125 00 45 00 51 20 I authorize payment of this order andan v actal shipping charges assessed by shipping carriers If sales tax is exempt I understand it is my responsiblity Xo any sales and use taxes according to local city county state or federal agencies in my area ofresidenceor business I am the authorized card holder and agree to pay the amount due on my credit cafd with my credit card issuer as shown below CreditCardNumber Exp Date 3 Digit Code on Back of Card Name as il appears on the credit card Credit Card Billing Street Address Credit Card City State Zip Code signature Order Total 5221 20 Less Coupon Discount After Discount Sub Total 188 02 Sales Tax 50 00 New 5ub Iotal 5188 02 Shipping Tlandling 0 00 Final Total 5188 02 ess Credits Applied 8188 02 Total Amount Dne 0 00 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners Page of 1 38 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Generic Waiver of Responsibility Jackie Joe brings in a 500 00 piece of crystal she bought at another store and wants you to laser a name into it Do you really want her to say that you caused damage to the crystal when she picks up the order and all of a sudden you are responsible to pay 500 00 to rep
79. 89 Faz 714 565 4441 P O 200388770 Resale SREA 87 944470 Date Needed 9 20 2003 Purchase Order Vendor Ship To Trophies Plaqus and Other supplies Shipping Method UPS Ground 6548 North Miami Drive 74587 North Main Street Building 45 North San Diego CA 98745 San Diego CA 94578 Main 714 589 4545 Phone 415 589 6595 Fax 714 565 4441 Fax 415 523 5525 Quantity Stock Description Unit Price Extended Price 52 AB5847 BLUE WHIRLWIND ACRYLIC 0 0000 0 00000 60 AB504 5 x 7 Cherry Cove Plaques 0 7500 45 00000 20 JD4478 Jade horizon Acrylic 10 5800 211 60000 12 JD7845 Jade Star Acrylics 9 8000 117 60000 105 T5487 OVAL WALL CLOCK 0 0000 0 00000 Special Instructions Sub Total 374 20 Please charge to Credit Card 4548 8959 8888 7878 Exp 02 2005 Shipping 17 50 Total 391 70 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved Q7 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Example Printout of Purchase Order without Payments The following is what a purchase order printout looks like for the purchase order we just worked with This example does not show any pricing information MDWA Solutions 74587 North Main Street Ae EF v pers 98745 Account 54987 ain 589 Fax 714 565 4441 P O 200388770 Resale SREA87 9444 70 Date Needed 9 20 2003 Purchase Order Vendor S
80. 9 093 05 All Accounts Receivable Customer Name gt 7 Eleven City Current Accounts Receivable 1 30 Days Past Due 31 60 Days Past Due Placentia CA 61 90 Days Past Due 90 120 Days Past Due Big B s Motor Racing Yorba Linda CA 120 or More Days Past Due Bing Bang Blue Bells Whittier CA 102 36 102 36 Desmond Interior Design Union City TN 1 145 00 1 145 00 Changing the Sort Order Just as with the Work with Orders and Work with Customers screen you can change the sort order of this screen by clicking on one of the column heading buttons For instance if you want to sort by state click on the state button Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 92 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Printing Customer Invoices Ok so we have invoices that have been created because customers have been direct billed We need to send these invoices out to the customer This is done by printing invoices stuffing them in envelopes and mailing The invoice printouts are designed to be put into single windowed envelopes so that the customers address appears in the window if you fold the invoices according to the instructions we provide here Please note that the invoices are NOT designed to automatically line up a return address in a 2 windowed envelope Have your Address Printed o
81. 99 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 37 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Credit Card Authorization This is another protection printout Especially when doing business with customers over the internet or via telephone orders Assume a customer orders 5 000 00 worth of acrylics over the phone or using your web site All you have is a credit card number But what the banks will require from you if there is a dispute is a signature receipt Well here you go Fax your customer a credit card authorization It s not uncommon to also require a photo copy of the credit card to protect you against fraud But that is a decision you must make as to how often you want to request credit card authorization signatures or photocopies of the credit card Usually just the credit card authorization is sufficient You be the judge My Company Name 5544 Anvstreet Road American City CA 92886 Main 777 777 7777 Fax 888 888 8888 Order Number Janice Jamison 15478 North Main Street Suite 360 Quantity Stock Description TROPHY Standard Trophy i PLAQUES Plaques 1280 ENG TAX Engraving Taxable Credit Card Authorization Date Placed Contact Phone Contact Fax j Purchase Order A Expected Completion Date Expected Completion Time Tax Exempt Unit Price 128 322 50 0 04 8 21 2003 901 784 8
82. Aq suonduisx3 114 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Daily Receipts Reporting The daily receipts report shows you on a day by day basis what monies were taken in from the order entry system as well as monies posted to invoices This is good to balance your daily receipts to ensure BizWizard system matches what you actually received From the Accounting Options Menu select the Daily Receipts option This will bring up the following screen Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System d In ML David Matney lime Thursday Feb 19 2004 09 40 19 PM eTime Thursday Feb 19 2004 09 40 24 PM en t 4 it Work with Orders Print Work Order Summarization Generate Daily Receipts Report Form Other Options Add lmport Order New Order JB Work with Customers Purchasing Inventory From Date 2 13 2004 v Work with Vendors Date Time Taken Purchase Onder H To Date gt 192004 Inventory that Needs Ordering Other Options 2 3 2004 8 05 40 PH ACCOLMT 2 11 2004 7 53 49 PM Work with Outstanding A R Print Customer Invoices Post Payments to Invoices Other Options Print To Printer samsung ML 1450 Se
83. Award 0 will show up on the Logos Engraved receipts printed for the Misc and Custom Requests 0 customer No Time Required 0 Perpetual Plaques 0 After you have selected nest war Clocks o the date and time click as 0 the done button The S FRA date will now be set for Desk Wedges n the customer s pickup Total of Person Hours 0 date Do the same thing for the scheduled date and time Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 6 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x You will notice the scheduled date and time has a new button on it This new button estimated person hours can be clicked and you will be given a snapshot of person hours already scheduled on that particular day see the previous screen shot for an example of this Because the order we are entering is the first order in our system all the person hours should be 0 hours As you enter orders and schedule orders the values in the person hours will calculate for all orders to give you a snapshot of the workload for the day you have selected for scheduling You should now have set the demographics and the pickup and scheduled dates for your order Please note that the scheduled date and time as well as the pickup date and time are required and must be set for all orders and quotes Marketing Codes A marketing code is req
84. B 5 15 60 6 1 Orders To Be Shipped Today E Untitled Note B Adobe Acrobat Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 152 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x This dialog allows you to navigate to the shared directory where you put the database select the database named aposcis tables mdb and click on Open This will bring link or re link BizWizard system to the database As it begins to load you will see the following screen during the re linking process Misc Options Order System Customer Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System Startup Form Form Point of Sale and Customer Information System Advanced Version 2 3 6 Revision Date 1 16 2004 Copyright 1999 2003 by MOWA Holdings Inc All Rights Reserved Unauthorized ication Reverse Engineering or Duplication of Screen Formats Strictly Prohibited Software Piracy is Prosecubed to the Fullest Extent of the Law ista EU a posers After it has re linked you will be able to login as usual O Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 153 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x About BizWizard System The About BizWizard System
85. Code Form Please enter the Unlock Code in the Field Below then click on the Save and exit button to validate and update the database with your license Licensed To MOWA Solutions 1075 North Hills Blvd Suite 360 426 Reno WY 89506 License Key amp 017D CEIE 53 BCE FAEFC ECEC E DAD CE D7 D4CF 47 D7D 4C CED 364 Database POSCTS aposcis tables mdb Unlock Code CEF4 17 3FC E1EA40 223D 1E CEF 1C647 CE7D 41 EF4 70169 0037 DE FDC ECED3 6499 Li Cancel Save and Exit Enter the Unlock Code exactly as provided and then click on Save and Exit If you entered it correctly you will get a confirmation message as follows Validation Results Q4 Your APOSCIS License Has been Granted The software expiration Date has been set to 12 31 2050 We recommend you contact us 30 days before y 12 31 2050 to renew your software license for another time period You will begin to receive reminder notices 7 days before the expiration date to remind you that your license is due to expire If the license did not validate correctly as a valid license you will receive an error message and will need to re enter the Unlock Code If you provided an e mail address when you entered the demographic details before generating a license key request we will also e mail you the unlock code and you can copy and paste it to ensure no errors Once BizWizard is licensed all watermarks indicating the software is unlicensed will go away and your company name a
86. Jas 000 SINOH 9489 X215 suonanpeg cob ucnonped votd 00 0 SINOH RPIJOH 5587 0g PLS Dupouy NPEL 21275 t SINOH snuog pled os SJE jeuonipp 5INOH DuiyJopnh 10 00 05 1100 FEU onippy z oc Big aey Au nop 008 H DUHOMA EOL OF LES DUIPIOULINS sepad suonduiexa JO ZA 000 SINNOH SUIJLGAGO 00818 AB 500 apbr 8g coc Jequinw Ansas eos 009 SINOH eseg svgL vo obaiq ues L Zb z REJ anuaAyJeay outu2 68LvS E ieu Ao uter ueuuaus Jajiuuef 90568 AN ouay 9Z pt 092 ens Palag SIIH YHON SZOL suonnjos YMAN 1924 SaUI ayeloossy 147 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Marking Timesheets Paid After all timesheets have been paid check numbers recorded etc The last step is to mark them paid This tells BizWizard that you have written checks and the timesheets have been paid or payroll for these timesheets have been issued From the Work with Payroll screen click on the Mark Timesheets Paid button All timesheets will now be paid and the Work with Payroll screen will update to show no more timesheets pending payment Printing Payroll Reports The Payroll Report provides a detailed breakdown by month and by employee of each paycheck issued and gross pay deductions and net pay To print this
87. MPORTANT ACTION REQUIRED SYSTEM OUT OF SYNC The System Date and Time and the Business Date and Time are more than 5 Minutes out of sync The Business Date and time is managed by the System Synchronizer Please check to ensure the System Synchronizer is running on at least one of the computers in your network This is extremly important to keep running in order to make sure transactions are posted at the correct date and time throughout the system I have disabled all functions in the POS for this workstation only until the System is back in Sync As you can see this screen appears and ALL options are disabled until the offending computers date and time comes back into sync The system synchronizer when it is running on the server is a program that when running looks like this Esp hronizer Form System Synchronizer The system synchronizer should be running at all times The main purpose of this function is to ensure all computers within the network are synchronized with Ehe correct date time and other information This Function also performs background processes such as calling e mailing or Faxing customers to let them know orders are ready Simply run this program and let the System Synchronizer do the rest IF vou exit the System Synchronizer then Dates and Times and All Automated background Functions will cease to process until restarted NENNEN Current Business Date 2 12 2004 Current Business Time 7 50 40 AM Selec
88. OSTIS Users Manual Hemember we will be discussing each of the system setup management options so we will use this menu to get to each of these options Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 156 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x General System Setup Settings Many of the core settings that control how the system behaves are found under this option As you can see from the following screen shot there is quite a bit within this one little option that tells BizWizard system how you want it to interact with the users We will discuss each option in detail Company Information Tab The first screen tab on the General System Setup settings is the Company Information tab as shown below System Setup FICA Tax Table Additional Employee Tas Tables Internet E Mail Setup Order waiver T est Company Information System Numbering Order Setup Order Status Setup Invoice Setup Sales Tax Setup Company Mame MD w A Solutions Address Line 1075 North Hills Blvd Suite 360 426 CityState Zip Reno NV 89506 Main Telephone 714 507 2412 M Frinton Order Documents Fas Telephone 714 242 1810 v Print on Order Documents Sales Tax Resale t SREAB 5487458 v Print Resale Number on Purchase Orders The POS CIS system is a single user or multi user point of sales and customer
89. S a ea Ladies su du ea eee ee 15 POS Ia Payments to OFderS 4s ors ope ES 16 A acetate a N A 19 GOUDONS DISCOUMIS copla 19 Deposit Requirements and Resets cccccssccccessscecceeseeecseeeeeceuseecseseeessageeessagseeeseaseesseass 20 Printing a Customers Order or Recelpt ooocccccccccccccooncconnnccnccnnonncnnnnonononancnnnnnnononnnannnnnononoss 22 More Advanced Order Management Features 25 Triggering Events and WAY iunii oiu aaa cee Sere top seva E ce Ev aa vetu Ia re erus nds 25 Gompleting IN OS M 26 Customer PICKS UD an Otitis 27 A e 29 Creating Quotes and Estimations ccceceeeesecssessneeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeasseeeeeseeoonesneeeeesesaoes 29 Canceling an Order aan radica 30 Printouts Relating fo ar Ordesa 30 Print Order without Payment Detalls rciris aaa a a ai 32 Print Order with Payment Details oricine i da 33 Order arc ela lt MU i sates TOO T OS LUTTE 34 Shipping Noticas eese ani ide ioca o npo duci Minen ti 35 ca a a AO 36 Order Received By Signature Page aisanana a a a a i N aE NA 37 GrediGard AUTO MON sit tin 38 Generic Waiver of Responsibility soars enaa ana iaaea 39 Gustomer Pror Atlac nim ei o a 40 Internal Preor Atacament oo ovd on aate lief iban 41 neral Work Order ur c Ema 42 FOO IMA MINOS ET mm 43 Sales Tax i is m 44 Work with Orders and Order Searchinnd seeccesccsssseeeeeeeeecceesseeeesseoeessnseeeeeseaeoeannes 45 Setting the S
90. S aposcis tables mdb Browse Cancel Print Unlock Code Request Save and Exit After you have entered all the information requested click on the Generate License Key button This will cause the blue bar to run across the screen as it is analyzing encrypting and generating the key The license key will then be visible in the license key field Anytime you make ANY CHANGES to the Company Name Contact Name Address City State Zip Phone Number Fax Number or E Mail Address you will have to RE GENERATE A NEW LICENSE KEY So if you are not satisfied with your Company Name or you notice an error after you have generated the license key fix the error and re generate a new license key After all information is correct click on the Print Unlock Code Request button to print the following printout A Copy of License Agreement as well as a single page fax which is your software license order form will print Save the EULA end user license agreement and complete the blank portions of the order form and fax or mail the order form only to our office Fax numbers are listed on this form The following is a copy of the order form with license key request on it Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 182 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Unlock Code Generation Request Complete the Inf
91. See the following example Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 90 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain Vendor Purchase Order Mark All Received Print Purchase Order Account 54987 Main Phone 415 589 6595 Status Finalized Vendor Name Trophies Plaques and Other Supplies Toll Free Phone 800 459 5562 P O Number 10001 Address 6548 North Miami Drive Fax Phone 415 523 5525 Date Created 9 20 2003 Building 45 Shipping Method fUPS Ground Date Submitted San Diego C4 94578 Date Needed 3 20 2003 Quantity Quantity Ordered Stock Description Received Received JD4478 Jade Horizon Acrylic A5847 BLUE WHIRLWIND ACRYLIC T5487 OVAL WALL CLOCK amp l Special Instructions Sub T otal 374 20 Please Charge to Credit Card 4548 8959 8888 7878 Exp 02 2005 Shipping 1750 Final Total 331 70 Once all Line items are received then the whole purchase order will be received and will be marked with a Status of Order Received Accounting System The accounting System is where you will be able to view things such as Outstanding A R General Ledger Category Reports Post Payments to invoices manage check batches etc BizWizard does not have a full accounting system It is designed to help you manage monies owed to you thus it has a built in Accounts Receivable System and Gene
92. Users Manual BizWizard PROFESSIONAL Point of Sale Customer Management software Solution Version 3 0 Copyright 1999 2007 by NetSoft Studio an MDM Enterprise company All Rights Reserved NetSoft Studio 216 Lemmon Drive Suite 248 Reno NV 89506 Main 775 996 1343 Fax 714 242 1810 Web http www netsoftstudio com E mail mysalesdesk netsoftstudio com Po NETSOFT STUDIO Developers of Custom Innovative Software Solutions Re Copyright 1999 to 2007 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved j All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved j All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Introduction What is BizWizard Professional Business Management Software Solution BizWizard for short BizWizard is a complete business management solution for the promotional products and custom products industries It can be a simple Point of Sale Electronic Cash Register or by using all of its features it can be a complete business management solution M David Matney designed BizWizard David worked since 1989 as a high level business management consultant and systems engineer designing systems for companies such as e
93. ach of the other order printouts in detail More Advanced Order Management Features BizWizard needs to know at all times what is happening to an order This keeps your business running smoothly and cuts down on problems whereby orders are not completed on time etc This section we will discuss the final aspects of the order management section of BizWizard by delving into the more advanced features Let s get going Triggering Events and Why What is an event Think of everything that has a cause having a resultant effect This is called cause and effect Let s look at some real examples of cause and effect Effect Customer walks through the door Employee helps customer Customer pays with credit card Employee charges credit card Customer calls your store on the phone Employee answers the phone Car gets in a car accident Insurance premiums go up Earthquake hits House falls down As you can see everything you do has a re action that applies This is a very basic concept in everyday life Well things you do to an order also have an effect For instance when you take an order you now have to work on the order to complete it for the customer The cause is taking an order and the effect is working on the order So when we trigger an event what we are doing is creating a cause which allows BizWizard to react to the cause An orders basic lifecycle is Quotation This is an order that is only a quote or estimate and does not
94. ack Print E Mail Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 31 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Print Order without Payment Details You saw an example of an order without payment details earlier This simply is a copy of the Users Manual for Version 3 x order without any payment details Here is an example of that again Order Receipt Closed Order My Company Name 5544 Anystreet Road American City CA 92886 Main 777 777 7777 Fax 888 888 8888 Order Number Date Placed 15478 North Main Street Suite 360 Telephone 901 784 8889 Fax 901 496 3526 Completion Date Time Terms of Sale Store Hours Monday Through Friday 3 30am to 5 00pm E Mail Shipping Method UPS Ground Address Type Residential Address 15478 North Main Street Suite 360 PO Resale Number 8 21 2003 8 21 2003 after 3 30 00 PM Balance Due Upon Pickup sl OUT OF STATE Stock Description Standard Trophy Unit Price Ext Price Ta 12 50 125 00 M 2 1 2 x 5 White Italian Marble Base 8 Round Blue Gold Prism Columm on Left With 5 Soccer Bicycle Kick Figure 2 Round Blue Gold on Right with 2004 Script Trim Plaques 22 50 45 00 Y 9 x 12 Cherry Cove 5x 7 Acrylic Picture at top Sdgcer Plaque Mowunb n bottom left 3 x 3 Red Aluminum Engraving Plate on Bottom Right ENG TAX Engraving Taxable 3 Line He
95. ail server to relay e mail messages as discussed Future enhancements to BizWizard to include features such as internet e mail incorporated into the associate system will also require a permanent internet connection Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 166 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Order Waiver Text Setup The order waiver text is where you can customize the order waiver printout that prints for those orders whereby you require the customer to sign a waiver see Generic Waiver of Responsibility on Page 39 This is where you define this text System Setup Company Information System Numbering Order Setup Order Status Setup Invoice Setup Sales Tax Setup FICA Tax Table Additional Employee Tas Tables Internet E Mail Setup Order Waiver T est understand and agree that it iz the policy of the company named at the top of this agreement that they are not responsible for nicks scrapes scratches dents breaks or any other form of damage to any item have left in their possession that are not purchased at said companies store as part of my current order wall indemnity and hold harmless above mentioned company it s affiliates associates owners and employees for any Damage mis engraving miz spelling of engraving miz placement of engraving on any item have left in thei
96. als 2 Additional Order Options E Order Total 0 00 Shipping Information Balance Due 0 00 Order Scheduling The Order Scheduling system is extremely important This how you indicate to the person placing the order the date the order will be ready for them to pickup Often a customer will have a delivery date or presentation date for their awards ceremonies or t shirt pass out etc This is noted in the system as the pickup ship by date It has two purposes In the case of a will call order the person placing the order will have a pickup date In the case of an order you are shipping the pickup ship by date should be set early enough to indicate if you shipped the order on that particular day it should arrive to the customer in time for their presentation deadline Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 5 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x The next date is the date that defines when the order will appear in your work order lists Later you will learn how to print your daily work orders See Printing Work Order Summarizations on page 47 which are orders scheduled in BizWizard as needing to be completed Typically you will set the scheduled date to be early enough to allow sufficient time to complete the order For instance a simple plate engraved usually can be turned around within 24 hou
97. also default to new orders created for this customer The telephone number is the main number to the business as well as the fax number is the main fax number to the business When we enter contacts for this customer later you will be able to specify individual telephone numbers direct line numbers for specific contacts within a company direct line fax numbers cell phone number etc for ABC 123 Corporations employees Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 55 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Tax Exemptions If you maintain certain customers that are always sales tax exempt for whatever reason may be applicable you can enter their sales tax exemption number into the sales tax exemption field and checkmark the box to indicate they are tax exempt If a customer is sales tax exempt because they are a government agency it is very important to select government agency from the pull down list The reason is when you run the sales tax reports an itemization will be provided of what sales tax exempt transactions were for federal government sales such as sales to the military If you do not use the government option from the pull down list then sales to this customer will be considered exempt as sales to other retailers for resale The same applies to OUT OF STATE pull down option This option is for
98. amed Badges Other Options Bing Bang Blue Bells 80133 Closed 2 3 2004 8 04 09 PH l Spot Plaques i Desmond Interior Design 80135 Closed 2 13 2004 8 09 04 PM Work with Associates e i Employee of the Year Awards Change Password Clock In Clock Dut Home of the Depots 80137 Closed 2 17 2004 8 13 31 PM Product Plates Pacific Telephone and Telegraph 801 36 Closed 2 1 772004 8 12 10 PM Hame Badgez Manage Internal E mails Work with Payroll Other Options Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System E 7 Logout o Orders To be Completed By AA eee Laure Invoices to Print Exit System m n BH EN IM l m E EH ul Ed EN m E Past Due Notices to Send Orders Left over 30 days o O o O o O B o 0 1 o B Orders To Be Shipped Today Let s click on the You ve Got Mail red text and this will being up the Rename Manage Delete Internal E mails OSO NOR Edi Digla Message with E mails Status Date Time Who Subject screen as p Received 2 12 2004 45941AM M David Matney Please Followup With Customer shown in the next example Work with Associate E mails Form Notice that Jennifer has one e mail in her inbox can read the message by clicking on the Edit Display Message button or can delete the message or transfer the message to a folder Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 140 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein
99. any you can setup in the system setup again we will show you how later Let s assume you have a Minimum billing of 25 00 required That rule will be applied to all customers however you may have situations whereby you have a stubborn customer who refuses to do business with you if you cannot bill the 3 00 order You don t want to loose their business because once a year they order 6 000 00 worth of awards so it s worth it to you to do the occasional 3 00 billing You can override the minimum direct billing by check marking the checkbox and putting in the overridden amount This means that whatever value you place in the minimum direct billing for this customer will override the system setup default If you place 3 00 then for this customer and this customer only the minimum direct billing required is a purchase of at least 3 00 however the 25 00 rule will continue to apply to other customers unless they have overrides as well Credit Limit Notice also we have set a credit limit of 500 00 for this customer The credit limit imposes a limit as to how much you are willing to allow this customer to bill or order at any given moment in time When an order is taken BizWizard will see how much this customer has already in unpaid invoices other open orders that may be in BizWizard system that are slated to be direct billed once the order is marked complete So let s assume the customer has two invoices already billed and the total
100. are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x If choose to delete the message the message will be moved to the Trashbox Let s delete the message without reading it Now you will notice the e mail is gone from the inbox If you click on the trashbox in the upper portion of the screen you will see the e mail once again in the list See the following example where the trashbox is displayed and the e mail is now in the list at the bottom Work with Associate E mails Form InBox OulBax iTrashBox Rename Delete Status Date Time Who Subject L Recelved 2122004 4 59415M M David Matney Please Followup With Customer Unread e mails that are in the trashbox will be cause the You ve Got Mail red message text to go away however because you actually did not read the e mail the person who sent you the e mail and check marked the notify me when e mail read checkbox will NOT get a notification that you read the e mail This notification is only sent when you actually click on the Edit Display Message button thus actually reading the contents of the e mail message Let s read the message We can do this even if the e mail is in the trashbox Click on the Edit Display Message button This results in the following screen Display E mail Message Form oats rey Rental ET edie Recipients Jennifer Sherman L Notify When E Mail Read E Mail Subject Please Followup Wi
101. arges Details screen you can click any of the pre defined percentage buttons to quickly add the Misc Labor modifier to all order lines or reset the percentage to zero You can also specify a custom Misc Labor charge percentage by left clicking on the Change button If you click on the change button you will be presented with the following screen In this example we have custom set the Misc Labor charge setting to 27 584 Maintain Misc Labor Charges Details Form Misc Labor Percentage 0 000 Total Charges 0 00 Click on Done and you will be back at the Misc Labor Charges Details screen At which time you can click done to get back to the Maintain Order screen eser Perc Change PITA Percentage Form py Modifications of this value will effect EACH line item by adding a Percentage to the line item Equal to the Unit Price x the Percentage value you indicate below Be sure this is what you Intend To Do IF it is then please proceed If it is not press the Cancel Button to Cancel This action A 27 584 value will increase the Misc Labor charge amount as follows New Misc Labor Percentage 27 5849 Cancel Quantity x unit price misc Labor for the extended price So let s assume you want to provide a decrease or discount to all order lines Set the new Misc Labor percentage to a negative percentage amount This will cause a reduction See the Pa following e
102. arks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Printing Sales by Associate Report The sales by associate report is not really part of payroll other than it is used to help calculate payments to those that are commission based employees You learned in the order system to specify order line item costs see Order Line Items on Page 7 The reason you specified costs is because the amount of money most companies pay commission on is the profit margin So you take retail sales of items less cost and the result is what commission is based upon The Sales by Associate report gives you a breakdown of sales that have actually been paid not invoiced but where payment has been received in full Invoices do not appear on this report if there is a balance due Again most companies don t pay the commission until the invoice is paid then it becomes commissionable This report shows for whom the sale was from the date the invoice was paid what the invoice number was what was sold in what quantity what the unit price costs were and the unit price sold at with a grand total at the end of the report See the following sample report Page I of 19 Extended Cost Sales By Associate UnitCost i j 3 5 Quantity Date Paid 2004 February 12 Customer Name BLA B amp B B 4 B Lumber Y B48 Sales For Associate Jimmy De Nicola Thursda
103. associate has a checkmark in this box the employee will be authorized to bypass the requirement of taking a deposit Again this can be given to supervisor and management personnel only if you like Work Order Summarizations Work order summarizations determine who is allowed to print the work order summarization report This report shows what work is due on a particular day You may wish to provide this only to management that is responsible for scheduling of the daily tasks see Printing Work Order Summarizations on Page 47 Not Picked Up Customer Letters One of the reports in the system is a printout of letters that can be stuffed in envelopes and mailed to the customer These letters let the customers who have not picked up their orders in the last 30 days know that their order is ready for pickup and please come in and pick up the order You may wish to only give this functionality to management personnel so they can monitor and control when these letters get mailed see Mailing to Customers That Have Not Picked Up Orders on Page 52 Manage General Ledger Determines who is allowed to setup general ledger categories as well as view reports on the general ledger categories see General Ledger Categories and Subcategories on Page 105 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 131 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual f
104. ate Submitted San Diego CA 94578 Shipping Method Ground Date Needed 3 20 2003 Non Stock Inventory Standard Stock Inventory Display Associated Order Line Items Quantity Stock Description Unit Price Extended Price 0 AB 504 5 x Cherry Cove Plaques 0 7500 45 00000 2 0785 lade StarAcic s3800 117 60000 o fiDs478 ade Horizon Acre O sos 211 60000 2 A587 BLUE WHIRLWINDACAYLIE son 0 00000 05 TB VAL WALL CLORO so000 0 00000 pp 0 0000 0 00000 Special Instructions Sub Total 374 20 Please Charge to Credit Card 4548 8959 8888 7878 Exp 02 2005 Shipping 1750 Final Total 331 70 At this point you can make any final adjustments to the purchase order You can change quantities specify unit prices shipping charges etc am just going to accept it as it is and Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 84 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x finalize and print it Finalizing a purchase order changes the status of the Purchase order from Pending Finalization to Finalized It is the intention that if you finalize a purchase order this means it has been sent to the vendor but has not been received from the vendor yet receiving a purchase order is discussed in a later chapter See Receiving Purchase Orders into Inventory on Page 89 When you Finalize a
105. ated into the system that it is not possible to allow the user of BizWizard make changes to these numbers Everything links to everything and making a change that could result in duplication of these numbers would simply bring BizWizard to its knees so these numbers are visible but not changeable System Setup FICA Tax Table Additional Employee Tax T ables Internet E Mail Setup Order Waiver Text Company Information System Numbering Order Setup Order Status Setup Invoice Setup Sales Tax Setup Last Used Order 81173 Last Used Purchase Order 200485996 Last Used Invoice 200479764 Last Used Payment Batch 508 Last Used Customer Number 16619 Last Used Coupon Code 8781074 The POS CIS system automatically generates and keeps track of last used numbers such as invoice numbers order numbers payment batch numbers and more E vill serve up the next available number to whichever workstation performs an operation that requires a new number It s all automated for you The System Synchronizer is a function that is optional By default this is turned off however if you wish to use the System Synchronizer you should understand its purpose and how to use it First you must have the Use System Synchronizer box checked Then you must again YOU MUST have the System Synchronizer running ONLY on one computer in your network It can run minimized and we recommend you run it only on the server computer that houses t
106. automatically generated You cannot create an in store credit Let s assume a customer has a balance due of 50 00 and they send you a check for 75 00 When you post the 75 00 payment to their invoice you can only post the 50 00 which leaves 25 00 un posted BizWizard will create an in store credit in the amount of 25 00 which will automatically be applied to future invoices So in 4 months when your customer orders another 50 00 worth of products the invoice that is generated will have a 25 00 credit applied from the in store credit and thus they will only be invoiced for a total of 25 00 You can review the in store credits to see which invoices the credit was posted to and how much is left available as in store credits You can also printout an in store credit transaction detail to give to the customer which shows the in store credit when it was created from what source it was created and all the invoices it has been applied to as well as how much of the credit if any is still available The main thing to remember about in store credits is they are created from overages of payments on invoices Even if you receive a check payment for 100 00 and the customer owes nothing You can post the payment to their account and this will create an in store credit of 100 00 which will automatically be applied to future invoices before the invoice is billed The following example shows the details for an In Store Credit From thi
107. ay need to provide a sales tax exempt order if the customer has a resale number or is a federal government agency or in some states non profit organizations To enter purchase order details or sales tax Maintain Order Purchase Order Details Form exemption details click on the Purchase Order Details option in the lower left hand corner of the Maintain Order screen in the Additional Order Purchase Order Options section PO Limit Soo Sales Tax Exempt our OF STATE X Notice the PO limit field The PO limit is the dollar amount specified on the purchase order as the limit the purchase order is valid for By putting a value in this field BizWizard system will prevent you from allowing the customer to order more than the purchase order amount This ensures the customers accounting department will pay the invoice when it is mailed as many accounting departments will not pay more the value of the purchase order If the customer is paying for the order themselves and there is no issue of billing simply leave the PO number at 0 00 and the system will not enforce a limit on the order total Misc Labor Charges Misc Labor charges have a little bit of history Originally it started as a PITA charge Let s have a little fun PITA stood for pain in the ok so it started as a joke but became a tool that is extremely useful What was once called PITA is now called Misc Labor charges In ess
108. ays ng 0 o o 020 0 op a o o o a n Orders To De Shipped Today Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 46 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Advanced Order Subsystem Features We have learned how to enter orders apply payments and set all the options on an order That is all great but we still need to have BizWizard help us with the daily tasks of Knowing what to work on what orders need to have stock pulled off the shelves and put into bins what orders have been sitting on our shelf waiting for customers to pickup that have not been picked up yet etc The advanced order subsystem features are mostly various reports to help you manage these aspects Let s go over them in detail Printing Work Order Summarizations Work order summarizations allow you to obtain a printed a listing of all orders with specific order status in any date range To print work order summarizations you will select the Print Work Order Summarizations option from the Main Menu under the Order System heading This will bring up the following screen which will allow you to customize your printout By default BizWizard prints open orders only and to print all open orders with a scheduled date of the current system date and back into history This is why the from date defaults to January 1 1950 and the to date
109. ays AND Work with Customers E Work with vendors Close ce 17 1 Purchase Order H Inventory that Needs Ordering Other Options MAI A This wall close and prevent any modifications bo Financial Work with Outstanding A R Ple lect and Option from reporting For any invoices orders etc For the date listed below Print Customer Invoices v clicking on the red A and prior Payments vall still be able to be posted but you will no longer be able to delete invoices or backout orders that have Post Payments to Invoices Other Options been invoiced once Financials are closed For this time period Work with All Invoices Close Financials Effective Om s s a 13112004 AR Work With General Ledger Cal Work with Associates Print General Ledger Sunmar Change Password Sales Tax Summarization Clock In Clock Out a Daily Receipts Manage Internal E mails Register Reconciliation i Marketing Analysis Open 2 11 2004 5 17 35 PM Pa Closed 2 4 2004 8 33 52 AM Work with Payroll Other Options Closed 2 5 2004 8 39 07 AM Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout eit Stem 2050000005 25 0 o D 3 3 Closed 1 14 2004 2 33 50 PM eS TOC Invoices to Print Em F E IM Ei w gt Past Due Notices to Send 2 Orders Left over 30 days 85 1 oO 0 n 0 0 Q0 3 Orders To Be Shipped Today 2 ial POSCIS Users Manual gf Adobe
110. be resold by me in the urinar tangible persomal propertv provided however that in the event that any of such property is used for any other purpose Hay retention demonstration or display while holding it for sale in the regular course of business iis and cstood that Linavy be required by the Sales and Use Tax Law s of my state to report and pay tax measared bx the piirehase price of such property or other authorized amount I also understand that this Sales Tax Exe mption ons applies to this order and does not apply to past or future orders Signature Job Title Position u Company Page 1 of 1 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 44 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Work with Orders and Order Searching The work with orders screen is the heart of your order selection system It has filters and searches that are extremely advanced In a networking environment you may find the search to take 1 2 seconds to complete depending upon how many orders are in your system Don t worry the system is doing a lot of searching and calculations to find what you are looking for Please also note that the work with orders screen can be viewed by different alphabetical sorts along with the selection criteria Let s go over some of the selections and sorting abilities in detail Setting the Sort
111. business relationships on an ongoing basis So the customer system is designed to act as a repository for business relationships that you manage bill and maintain on an ongoing basis The order system will contain orders for customers as well as non customers So the types of information you will be able to track for a customer includes an array of demographics billing address shipping address credit limits payment terms contacts notations about customers invoices in store credits and auto billing customer information Let s get started with the customer system Adding a New Customer First you need to be at the Work with Customers screen This is an option from the drop down menu as well as on the left menu hyperlinks Simply click on Work with Customers as shown below Point of Sales Customer Information System Main System Menu Form Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System A I Work With Customers System Default Saturday Nov 22 2003 09 46 04 PM Saturday Nov 22 2003 09 46 10 PM Work with Orders Print Work Order Summarization Other Options s p Active Customers X AND Work with Customers E Work with Vendors Address Inventory that Needs Ordering Other Options Work with Outstanding A R Print Customer Invoices Post Payments to Invoices Other Options Work with Associates Change Password
112. ccccooonccnoncconononanccnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnannennnnnnnnnnnans 101 Closing the Payment Balch zi rrt rb ees adas 102 Other ACCOUNTING FUlCOHS eec one eae ce cao aia 103 VV GFKING eme aee 104 General Ledger Categories and Subcategories cccccccccnnncconnccconononncnnnnnonononannnnnnnnnnnnanenonos 105 Printing General Ledger SummarizatiONS ccccccccocccnnccnnnnccnonnonnnnnnnnnnnonanncnnnnnonononanennnnnonos 106 Sales Tax SumimiariZatlQD las 108 Dally Hecelpis Repo sia di 115 Register Reconciliation ccccoonccnccooncncononcncnnonnnnonononconancnnononrnnonnnnnnconancnrnnnnranennnnnnnnanennss 116 Marketing Analysis Reporting cccooocccccconnnnccnnccncononcnnonnaconononcnnnnnnrnnonnnnrnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnennanenoss 118 Closing Accounting Financials llenan nnns 123 Associate SUuDSySIGm siii 124 Adding New ASSOCIA stos 125 Seting Associate Payroll ODNONS 5 5i arci Gis clades as 127 ASSOCIale Times i e hp 127 Adding a New Hmeshegla ssevero sientes Sete n 127 Associate Security SO TINGS soci A oo Ye Ce oe ote emnt iaa o OP eeu as 130 OVER IGG PICHIA T 131 Override Deposit RequireMent oooocccccccccccccnonccnnnncnnononancnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnans 131 Work Order Summarizations ooocnccnccccconcnnnccconnnnnnnononnnnnnononnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnns 131 Not Picked Up Customer Letters ooonccccncccccccoonncnnnn
113. cccococnnccnnnccncnnoonncnnnnnnnnonnncnonnnonononanonnnns 145 Payroll SUDSYSTEM me 146 Entering Payroll Into Mal Ni ica 146 Prinind Timesheels aida eei Ein eee N sedute c a 147 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved vi All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Marking TIMeESNEEIS Paid M M 148 Pinuno Payroll Repos ii ie eene eaae na A eau nx Ete A a 148 Printing Sales by Associate Report iii ito aa Een opa aacra a re eno duas ad 150 Misc Options RE ED D TUO S 151 Opening WB o Tz LT 151 About BizWizard SST oie ri ad co urna dent Zulu nad ee dua 154 How many Users are Connected to the Database seesssseeseseeeeeeeee 155 LOGGING OUN TP 156 Exit BIZWizard SySIOI cn seio edo a 156 System Setup Managemoebl zur oueie is 156 General System Setup Setas iia 157 Company information Taba coll oidos 157 oystem Nurmbenpmng Tab io E A ee eee 158 Order Setup Tai E 160 Order Status Sell Tab A AAA 162 INVOICE Setup Taba a NA N 162 Sales Tax Setup TDi Ai 163 RIGA Tax Gable Seu Ta RI 165 Additional Employee Tax Tables Lab dali 165 Interne EMail SCG estricta P 166 Order Waiver Texto el iia pcenis aaa e S A E 167 Producte ONG CG ice T T e m 167 sales Taxable PIO QUCIS ido sit edem epa pes olaa
114. ccnonnnnnncnnnnnononannnnnnnnonononancnnnnnnnnss 131 Manage General sagas cuentista league indus tedio 131 Manage ACCOUNTS Hecelvable 3 proie deg cea vesaed lo aid adi 132 Manage d Rol e A EE EE CEDE 132 Post Payments to INVOICES urraca 132 DAV ROCED MEO OEIL 132 Register MECOMCINIAHON CE t a 132 Sales Tax IMOIMal Oroso std errar ao ni Ead tps Banus odas Eos auae 132 MARKETING ANaly SIS austri cuta rub le leida 132 Manage ASSOCIES aria 132 SA E A N RE 132 PIONGAY Blacko lS srren PL Cm 132 Product Manage nella ici 132 MizudsigeMSioo c m 132 Coupons and Discounts ooocccccnncccccccnonccnnnncnnnononnncnnnnnnnonannnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnannrnnnnennnnnos 133 Country Management uice een esu ibas edu ers enema bs uode ceu tides 133 Payment Methodo tire LL vance deta reels deena aati eases 133 FAME TES nda naaa a eden daten ts 133 Shippina MealligBs 3 tete a dtt Een vti pue dcdostes Edited e 1st Qu a dte ME edet id 133 Vendor Managemen aan 133 Manage GustomerJACCOUFLS ccc kiueti da 133 Changing Your PassWord cid ucc Co e Dc ie eoo a 134 Clocking In ClbCckng QUL o iuccc oim iia 135 Internal E mail System cito op ewes e Dep MI esee odas tn usus uA ia 137 Sending a New E Mail M SSaGe ccccccssessseeceeeeeeeesesseceeeeeaeeeseeeeeeeessaeaaeeeeeeeeessaaaeeeeeeess 137 Reading a MIU ici A E Qm 140 Poning Message e PEE 142 Deleng a Message ui m LI 144 Creating Renaming and Deleting FolderS ccccc
115. ce is Billed to ensure the amount of sales tax you collect matches the amount of sales tax you must report to the state Whereas your state agency will not mind if you pay extra to them due to the way you are reporting sales tax THEY DEFINATLY WILL HAVE A PROBLEM if for some reason they lowered the sales tax and you collected 7 596 yet only paid to them 6 596 Again it is our recommendation you use the Sales Tax Reporting Basis of When Invoice is Billed to ensure accurate sales tax reporting One question you may ask as to why there is an option if one method has potential accounting errors The reason is one of our customers needed to report sales tax based upon when they received payment thus we incorporated the request for them into the program code and as a result all customers now have that as an option By default the system is shipped to report sales Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 163 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x tax based upon when the sale completes and if you are upgrading this is also the default setting applied during the upgrade As to setting up sales tax tables themselves click on the Add New or Copy New buttons Add New creates a new sales tax setup that is blank slate The Copy New button copies a current sales tax table and creates a new setup bas
116. ceived and totaling them on a calculator or adding machine After we have a total we place the total in the Expected Batch Total Field as shown above For our example we have received 800 00 worth of checks from various customers so we placed 800 00 in the Expected Batch Total field When we are done posting payments our Actual Batch Total should match the Expected Batch Total This is a checks and balances feature to ensure all monies were posted in the correct Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 98 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x amounts If for some reason the Expected Batch Total and the Actual Batch Total do not match up then there could be a calculation issue either with the adding machine calculation or during the entry process and thus you have an indication something is wrong and needs to be corrected Adding a Payment Batch Check Now we are going to add a payment batch check A payment batch check represents a single check that is part of the total for the payment batch To add a check to the payment batch simply click on the Add button in the Payment Batch This will take us to the next screen whereby we can then enter the check information Maintain Payment Batch Invoices Date 2 19 2004 Payment Method Chek _ Customer 7 Eleven isi Sear
117. ch Payment Amount 500 000 0 Un Applied 0 00 Check 654411 5 Bank Name wells Fargo Bank Credit Card Number Po Expiration Dae 1 Invoices to Apply Payments to Applied Invoice Payment Amount m v 200378887 35280 Ho 200378889 4720 o In the previous screen shot we show that we received a single check from 7 Eleven in the amount of 500 00 The Check Number on the check was 654411 and the check was drawn on Wells Fargo Bank This Particular check was designed to pay two invoices Once Invoice in the Amount of 52 80 and the other invoice in the amount of 447 20 The total payment of 500 00 is split among the two invoices and now you can see why we first enter a check and the select the invoices the check gets applied to Selecting Customer to Post Payments To To select a customer use the customer pull down list shown above All active customers in BizWizard will be in the list See the following example Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 99 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain Payment Batch Invoices Date 2 19 2004 Payment Method Check Lustomer 7 Elever Search Payment Amount Eleven 9741 Oro Vista Street Suite 105B Placentia Alabaster Plaster Construction Inc 777 E Abacare Way Pasadena Check amp Alco Fasten
118. cheduled s somm Billing Add saat mng a Marketing Code s Stock Location l x Pickup Location Delete Order Line Add Order Line Change Order Line Quantity Stock Item Name Unit Price Extended Price Tax T E Order Total 0 00 Additional Order Options MN siiis n Shipping Handling 0 00 Coupon Discounts 0 00 Less Total Payments 0 00 Shipping Information Order Comments Direct Billing Details Purchase Order Details Order Payment Details Misc Labor Charges Order Statistics Zoom Order Totals 7 Balance Due 000 Order Demographics The order demographics are the main details about the person or company placing the order such as their name address city state zip code phone number fax number cell numbers and e mail address Each order in the system requires the following order demographics Contact name Billing address line one City State Zip code Phone number The following fields are optional Company name Fax number Cell number E mail address Notice that six of the fields on the screen are yellow These fields are yellow to indicate that they can only be modified if you double click on them Normally you will not have to enter a city and state because once you enter a zip code the city and state will be defaulted However if for some reason you need to override the defaulted city and state specified for a zip code you can double click in the city or state fiel
119. ck Inventory Quantity Yendor Description of Item to Order gt 52 Trophies Plaques ar 45847 Blue Whirlwind Acrylic 105 Trophies Plaques ar T5487 Oval Wall Clock At this point we simply need to build purchase orders Now remember we have a purchase order that we have manually entered When you build purchase orders BizWizard system will Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 82 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x automatically create a new purchase order only if it does not find an open purchase order Since there currently is an open purchase order BizWizard system will simply add these line items to that purchase order Notice that at this point you do have the ability to make changes to quantities vendors Item Code Etc Let s assume that case quantity for Item A5847 is 55 it may cost you more money to order 52 at each pricing then to order 55 at case pricing So it may be a good idea to change the quantity to 55 before building the purchase order Or you could also wait and modify the quantity on the actual purchase order Click on Build Purchase Orders button The following message will be displayed PLEASE CONFIRM Are you Sure you wish to Create a Purchase Order Once you create a Purchase order all line items needed to be order will be marked
120. ck on the Open Database option you will be presented with a file dialog box as follows Misc Options Order System Customer System PurchasinglIreentory System Accounting System Associste System Payroll System J r Legged In ML David Mabney MERS Time Thursday Feb 12 2004 07 04 37 AM Stem System Date Time Thursday Feb 12 2004 07 04 38 AM Work with Orders Other Options z i Order Status AND Add impot Order New Order Mean JE Select New Database File to Link To fx Work with Custom ge Wf ATI Work with fendir Inventory that Ne Other Options Date Time Taken Purchase Order 8 12 22 2003 12 07 27 PH cocci i 1 30 2004 3 34 30 PM Work with DutsEar Print Customer In 14222004 10 21 13 AM Post Payments to Other Options i 1 14 2004 9 43 00 AM scociate Syel Work with Associa Change Password Clock In Clock Qui ra g Manage Internal E My Compubar My Documents 1 19 2004 11 11 24 AM 1 21 2004 1 11 00 PM 2 11 2004 5 17 35 PM Work with Payroll File name aposcis tables mdb 12 16 2003 2 36 49 PM Other Options m j My Network Fies of type POSCIS Database Files SAccess ance Places 2 4 2004 8 39 52 AM prion Open armatori 5ystem Setup Management Vac or up N About POS CIS System Logout t Estimated Pick Ups Invoices bo Print 16 Exit System z ma a ES E mn zm Past Due Notices to Send 2 Am Orders Left over X0 days
121. ck up their orders This is helpful to ensure orders are ready on time or just a quick glance at what to do All at the click of a mouse button You will learn more on Daily Snapshots in a later chapter See Understanding the Snapshot at a Glance on Page 177 E Point of SaleEitormer Information System Main System Mena Farm PEC Ophons Order Systems Customer System Purch amp snglInenbory System Bocountng System Associate System Payrob System q be System Del aul E Times Thursday Aug 21 2004 06 05 P i Incl EE System be Teme Thursday Aug 21 2007 OS PM Work with Orders Print Wark Order Surmenaricatian Olver Og pori Add Ampeert Onder Heus Onde A Martin Lustomer Ss bET y Mires Taken inc as ED Doa dA Wark with Custamers Custome Search Bure 7i nun ri ite deiade j RUE Date Time Taken Purchase Order i Meme enin en nm Fl Janice Jamison 10001 Closed 0 21 2007 7 39 59 PM Uther Upton Pci WME Work wilh Outstanding A A Print Customer Invoices Push Payments Lo Irroices Other Cptians Asspclate System Work with Associabes Change Passwned Clock In Clock Uut Maneye Inlernal E mails I Iyi Jl Work with Payroll Print Payrol Report Misc Option Open Database yshem Setup Management About POSTS System Inveines bn Print Logout ber u Cornet fly Estimated f Uys oem EB EZ EX EI CT E ER CI 8 CR LER EL C LER CI Mee s x gt Orders Left owrr 30 d
122. creen The following is an example of the Work with Orders screen To get to this screen you must have no windows open in BizWizard system and you will then be able to click on the Work with Orders option on the main menu under the Order System Sub heading Wil Point of Sale Costemer Information System Main System Menu Form Note when you start BizWizard system the Misc Options Qeder System Qustomer System Purchasng irenbory System amp conunbing System Agsoniate System Pagol System 7 Inc ML David abreey Tuesday Oct 12 200 04245712 PM Work with Orders screen IES taco c i is automatically displayed Pbro by default canter system El nen e tee 00 CO To add a new order B S SAN a 5 024m AA TR simply click on the New ponies Order button on the Work wel Outstanding W m Work with Orders rl screen This will bring up the Maintain Order Change ass screen in add mode a eterna Eat allowing you to add a new i _ order E Stan Step Hane Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 3 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain Order Mumber 80138 Status Open Order Description Sales Rep M David Matney M Company Name Pickup Ship By ee Bomm Contact Name S
123. creen shot examples of each step to a certain procedure Please take note of the following terms we will use Left click or click this means to use the left mouse button and click one time with that button over the field or area of the screen that is being described Right click this means to use the right mouse button and click one time with that button over the field or area of the screen that is being described Double click this means to click two times in quick succession with your left mouse button over the field or area that is being described It never means to click two times with the right mouse button Position your cursor this means to move your mouse or use the tab key to move the curser to the specified location The cursor is typically a line that blinks when it is in a field If the cursor is on a button then the button will have a faint dotted line inside the button around the text of the button Resulting screen this refers to a window or popup that will appear as a result of doing a certain action Such as clicking on a button a resultant window may be displayed Record selector indicates the portion of the screen that has an arrow in a gray box next to the record This identifies which record is selected and any options will apply to this record Screen Names and Field Names Whenever a screen name or field name is encountered we Will enclose the name in Quotation marks The first thing we sho
124. cts you associate that product with a general ledger category and sub category Same is true of adding payment methods see Payment Methods on Page 174 shipping methods see Shipping Methods on Page 175 discounts and coupons see Coupons Discount Codes on Page 173 etc They are all attached to a general ledger category and subcategory This portion of the accounting system allows you to setup these categories and subcategories to organize your sales income and receipts into a hierarchy that makes sense for your business To get to the General Ledger Categories click on the Other Options link under the Main Menu System Accounting Section Then on the Accounting Options sub menu click on Work with General Ledger Categories See the following screen example Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System r Logged In M David Matney 2004 11 04 00 PM NE seem E pos Work with Orders y a Print Work Order Summarizal Accounting Options Other Options Add Import Order New Order Maintain Work with General Ledger Category Work with Vendors Purchase Order Inventory that Needs Orderin Print General Ledger S Other Options Sales Tax Summarizat Daily Receipts ix nM Register Reconciliatio ig Sales Tax Work with Outstanding A R Marketing Analysis E Print Customer Invoices Close Accountin
125. d and you will then be allowed to make changes to those values Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 4 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Complete the order demographics on your screen by entering the following information Contact name Janice Jamison Billing address line one 15478 North Main Street Suite 360 Billing address line two Zip code 38261 Phone number 901 784 8889 Fax number 901 496 3526 E mail address j Jamison 2kweb net Now your screen should look like the following Maintain Order cancel iso ResetDepoat o cs en Toggle Status Send Eva Prnt Order D sU Order Status Open Order Desciplion ee Pickup Ship By asom CompanyName Cy O Scheduled meme noPM Contact Name Sxlpenedaemson 00000000000000 Marketing Code ES Billing Address i5478 North Man Sreet Suite 350 des PT C i s01 789 8889 Ew p01 486 35286 tie HP s ijamison 2kweb net 00 Delete Order Line Add Order Line Change Order Line Quantity Stock Item Name Unit Price Extended Price Tax Sales Tax 0 00 order Comments 1 5 hipping H andling 0 00 Direct Billing Details Purchase Order Details 2 Coupon Discounts 0 00 Order Payment Details Misc Labor Charges T 3 Less Total Payments 0 00 Order Statistics Zoom Order Tot
126. d to Order it ES Quantity Vendor Item Code Description 52 Dealers Award Service ie AB8745 L fa High Blue Diamond Acrylic Ordered Ll Received LJ Quantity Received 0 Ordered Received Quantity Received 0 As you can see we have ordered 52 from the vendor company we just added in the previous section We ordered 52 so that we have 2 extra on hand in case there is an engraving error or damage to any of the other 50 plaques At this point click on the Done button to get back to the order line From the Order line screen click on the Next button to finish the order line Let s add another order line as shown below and also order this product from the same vendor Maintain Order Line Item Reset Cost Order Inventory Display Product Details Quantity Product IDDEN Unit Price Misc Labor Extended Price n 00 C LOCK 18 50 1 850 00 Desks all Clock Word Count Letter Count Punctuations Count Total Character Count Unit Cost 0 00 Extended Cost 0 00 Line Item Profit 11 850 00 From here click on Order Inventory button and we will order the inventory necessary to complete this order line item as shown in the next example Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 80 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain Order Line Items Need to O
127. d you put in the box It is a good checks and balances and it makes Users Manual for Version 3 x customers happy Include one with the product on the shelf just as another checks and balances to identify the orders on the shelf without having to look up the order in the system to see whose order is on Bin C23 My Company Name 5544 Anystreet Road American City CA 92886 Main 777 777 7777 Fax 888 888 8888 Order Number 15478 North Main Street Suite 360 Union City 38261 T elephone 901 784 8889 901 496 3526 Quantity Quantity Ordered Shipped Description TROPHY Standard Trophy Packing Slip Shipping Method UPS Ground Address Type Residential Address 15478 North Main Street Suite 360 2 1 2 x 5 White Italian Marble Base 8 Round Blue Gold Prism Column on Left With 5 Soccer Bicycle Kick Figure 2 Round Blue Gold on Right with 2004 script Trim PLAQUES Plaques 9 x 12 Cherry Cove 5x 7 Acrylic Picture at top SoccenBlaque Meunt on bottom left 3 x 3 1 Red Aluminum Engraving Plate on Bettem Richt ENG TAX Engraving Taxable 3 Line Helvetica Font Style This is not an Invoice This is a Packing Slip If your company is being direct billed for this order An Invoice will be mailed under separate cover If you have any questions please feel free to contact our office Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein ar
128. ddress city state zip phone and fax print on the receipts If you change your company name address city state zip code phone number or fax number at anytime without obtaining a new unlock code the watermark will return Remember the license key unlock code exact spelling and capitalization of company name address city state zip phone number fax number and computer system date time all work together and must validate against each other before BizWizard system will remove the watermark Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 186 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners
129. ddress type your screen should look like the following Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 13 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain Order Shipping Details Form Shipping Method Shipping Address Type Shipping Charge View All Shipping Rates For This Order p Janice Jamisan 15478 North Main Street Suite 360 Default From Billing Address Tracking Number Done Click on the done button on this screen to go back to the Maintain Order screen Order Comments Order comments provide you with a way to communicate to other employees information about the order or to make notes about an order The only place in BizWizard system the order comments are visible are when you open an order when you click on the order comments text on the Maintain Order screen and the Work Order printout The order comments do not appear anywhere on printouts designed to be given to the customer Samples of order comments might include Customer is going out of town and will not be available by phone until 8 19 2004 Customers husband will be picking up the order Customer is ordering the award as a surprise for her husband Husband also has an order for his little league team When the husband picks up his or
130. der do not give him this order To add an order comment from the Maintain Order Comments Details Form Maintain Order screen click on the Order 0 y Comments text in the CUN E adeg benas aa saet NS Husband alto has an order in the system for his little league DO NOT give lower left hand corner in the Additional Order Options section Enter the comments and click on the done button to complete the order comments Next time this order is maintained from any computer networked to BizWizard system database the comment will be displayed The comments will also print on the Work Orders printout which we will discuss later in a different chapter see Internal Work Order on Page 42 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 14 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Purchase Orders and Sales Tax Exemption Customers often require a purchase order number to appear on their customer receipts Or if they are going to be direct billed you will want the purchase order to appear on the invoice that is mailed to the customers accounting department If you put the purchase order number into the order then when it is direct billed it will automatically be transferred to the invoice that is sent out Sales tax exemptions are automatically set for customers that are out of state however you m
131. der System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System O er Logged In System Default ime Thursday Aug 21 2003 09 36 26 PM der me Thursday Aug 21 2003 09 36 35 PM Work with Orders Print Work Order Summarization Other Options Add Import Order New Order Maintain T eue i ERE a 7 Gitane Syer T A Orders Taken in asSUDays 8 O O OoOo ull Work with Customers Date Time Taken Purchase Order Work with endors Inventory that Needs Ordering gt Other Options Janice Jamison 8 21 2003 7 39 59 PH Work with Outstanding 4 R Print Customer Invoices Post Payments to Invoices Other Options Work with Associates Change Password Clock In Clock Out Manage Internal E mails Work with Payroll Print Payroll Report Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout Exit System Em a B ZB 0 0 0 Dzgsu Invoices to Print m m Past Due Notices to Send Orders Left over 30 days 0 0 u Orders To Be Shipped Today as 0 0 0 Daily Snapshot Order Filters In addition to the search abilities you can also look at any given day of the week starting with today and view each day for the next 7 days You can also view past due orders and future orders to see what the workload is In addition you can see which orders are scheduled for pickup In other words what date a customer is expected to pi
132. does calculation of timesheets in the payroll system for hourly employees This is because we have not found a need to keep track of salary employee s time for payment since salaried staff always receives the same amount of pay each pay period W2 exemptions do not currently calculate based upon federal or state tax tables the amount of tax to withhold The tax tables are future enhancements However it is important in the payroll system as it will give you what you need to look the tax up on the tax tables We Dollars come from the W2 Form the employee filled out that indicates they wish you to withhold additional monies from their paychecks The hourly rate is used in calculations to determine how much the gross payroll is due for this employee Yearly salary is just to give you a point of reference as to what this hourly employees yearly pay is estimated to come out to or if the employee is a salaried employee this could represent their yearly pay At this point click on the Done button which closes the Maintain Associate screen and takes you back to the Work with Associates screen Associate Timesheets As associates clock in and clock out this is recorded in the associate s time sheet that is open You can have only one open time sheet at a time When a time sheet from one week is closed out then the next time that employee clocks in a new timesheet will automatically be created Adding a New Timesheet Under normal circumsta
133. dress City State Zip Notice the checkbox that says Override Minimum Direct billing is checked and the New Minimum Direct Bill Amount is set to 0 00 This forces the direct billing rule on the System Setup to be overridden for this customer only thus allowing only this customer to direct bill any dollar amount The Print Received by Signature if Order Total is Over field is where you tell the system to automatically print an Order Received By page if the order total is over the dollar amount specified Most companies do not want a customer to sign for every order as it simply hassles the customer but yet you may want customer to sign for the larger orders So if an order is over 1 000 00 in our example then an Order Received By signature page is automatically printed when you mark the order picked up The Default Check Batch Type is the default payment method that will be used when creating a new check batch payment If most of your check batch payments are credit cards you may want to set this to Visa or MasterCard etc But usually it most likely is Check payment type Your store hours text and e mail address text are printed on the top of the order pages and other order related printouts This is where you specify what will be printed for these two values The bottom of order message is printed in the bottom left hand corner of the order You can set this text to be anything you
134. dustries The Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved ii All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x reason we dont want people and businesses taking BizWizard and trying to adapt it for something it was not intended to do After all if a company tries to adapt the software for something it was not intended we are going to spend a lot of time on support phone calls and you can rest assured we want to keep that to a minimum The more support calls made the higher priced the software becomes and we dont want that BizWizard manages an orders life cycle from the moment the customer places the order to the moment they pick it up and if the customer is being billed it manages even the invoicing collection of payments etc It keeps a history of transactions and repeat business with marketing analysis and more BizWizard system is not an accounting package It has accounts receivable in it and that is all Future enhancements may have accounts payable as well for management of vendor invoicing but that is down the road Let s stay focused on what it is today The first thing you might notice when using BizWizard is a feeling of intimidation Please don t once you get past a very small learning curve you will notice the immediate benefits of the system When it was written it was designed to be fast fo
135. e able to find the customers order Outgoing bins are setup on this Screen You can also specify a sort sequence on outgoing bins Again this allows you to custom sort the list in a form that makes sense to you in case the box location is not logical in an alphabetical order Understanding the Snapshot at a Glance The snapshot at a glance is on the main screen and gives you a summarization of various information in the system It tells you how many customers orders are due on each day for the next 7 days It tells you how many customers you are expecting to pickup their orders in the next 7 days It tells you how many invoices are scheduled to be printed This section of the main screen is at the very bottom as shown below Bill Point of Sale Customer Information System Main System Menu Farm ffe fe Mec Cotiora Order Sytem Customer System Purchadng Inventory System Aoun System Apoci te Speen Paro System User Logged In fL David Matney E Date Time Monday Feb 16 2004 05 44 07 PM roer System Le Time Monday Peb 16 2004 05 44 16 PM Work with Orders Print Work Order Sarmmarization Other Options Onder Statue 531 Orders Taken im Last amp Doe Addilempeort Qeder Heer Orde Marian Work with Custonners Furchiasiicg x k Isverbony Wiork with Vendors Inventory that Heeds Ordering b 7 Eleven 80134 Clozed 2 3 2004 8 05 40 PM Other Options LL Plaques and Acrylic Awards 7 Ele
136. e sales tax laws that apply to your company We are only providing software to handle the scenarios indicated herein and we are not responsible if you do not collect sales tax when you are supposed to Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 9 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Notice on the Add Order Line Item screen there is a field for personalization text This is where you can type any engraving that should go on the product After you enter engraving in this field you will notice word counts letters counts punctuation counts etc are automatically calculated This will help you to determine personalization or engraving charges By no means is it recommended to use the personalization text on large orders as you will spend a lot of time typing the personalization text into each order line item for the order Use it when it s convenient It is not required to enter anything into the personalization text so you can leave it blank and simply collect the paper the customer provided with the engraving or personalization text on or you can use it if you like This is up to how you wish to manage your orders At this time you should be back at the Maintain Order screen and it should look similar to the following Maintain Order cancel Invoice Reset Deposit Duplicate Trigger Event Togg
137. e the properties of their respective owners 36 BizWizard Professional Order Received By Signature Page Users Manual for Version 3 x You may require all or your customers to sign for their orders or you may only require those customers you are direct billing to sign for orders Some stores require customers with large dollar amount orders to sign for them This ensures you don t have to play the we wont pay unless you can prove we received the products scenario that some larger corporate accounts payable departments play It s here print it and use it as you see fit My Company Name 5544 Anysireet Road American City CA 92886 Main 777 777 7777 Fax 888 888 8888 Order Number 15478 North Main Street Suite 360 Union City rm 38261 Quantity Description TROPHY Standard Trophy Order Received By Contact Phone Contact Fax Purchase Order NENNEN Expected Completion Date Expected Completion Time Tax Exempt 2 12 x 5 White Italian Marble Hase 8 Round Blucetrold Prism Column ad Left With 5 Soccer Bicycle Kick Figure 2 Round Blue Gald on Righi aith 2004 Script Trim PLAQUES Plaques 9 x 12 Cherry Cove 5 x 7 Acrylic Picture at tog Sopgceg Paga Maint on bottom left 37 x 3 5 Red Aluminum Engrave Mate ay Ratton ight ENG TAX Engraving Taxable 3 Line Helvetica Font Style Order has been received by Print Name Signature Date Page l of 1 Copyright 19
138. ective owners Soccer Recognition Plague 9x d y ur 13 96 321 95 87 90 36 30 13 30 37 70 4 75 56 60 6 50 538 96 Page 18 of 20 122 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Closing Accounting Financials Closing accounting financials allows you to close the books for a specified time period What this does is prevents any modifications even if you have authority to make the modifications for the specified time period whereby accounting financials are closed For instance if you wanted to close down January 2004 financial information then you would open the close accounting financials and specify the ending date for the period you wanted to lock down After doing this invoices CANNOT be modified closed orders cannot be modified etc From the Accounting Options menu select the last option that says Close Accounting Financials This will present you with the following screen On this screen enter the ending date for the financial period you want to close ag Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System B T d In ML David Matney lime Friday Feb 20 2004 08 16 33 AM em e Time Friday Feb 20 2004 08 16 34 AM Work with Orders Print Work Order Summarization Other Options Add Import Onder Mew Onder Maintain a Order Status AI Orders AMD em Orders Taken in Last BO D
139. ed herein are the properties of their respective owners 91 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Mailing to Customers That Have Not Picked Up Orders Occasionally you may need to mail letters to customers who have forgotten about their orders No problem Here is a printout that will allow you to print a you haven t picked up your order please come by and pick it up style letter When you fold the letters the address will line up to the standard windowed envelopes so there is no addressing required Print fold put in envelope seal and put a stamp on Here s a sample letter My Company Name 5544 Anystreet Road American City CA 92886 Main 777 777 7777 Fax 888 888 8888 Janice Jamison 15478 Morth Main Street Suite 360 Union City TN 38261 This is a friendly reminder to let you know the order you placed n the Date Indicated below has not yet been Picked Up from our store Please take a Tew moments of your time to stop by our store to pick up your oer LAS Reference to Order Number 10001 GO Date Order Placed 8 2 1 2003 Ready for pickup since Sign 12003 10 35 jf PM Please note that any unclaimed RN Pay oS ah at auction or discarded permanently Please contact d s60H4n eder to prevent this from happening to your order or items you may have lef In eur possesion The following details on yer rl may be helpful to you to ensure payment for your order is brought in wherryou g me
140. ed herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Quotes cannot have payments posted to them They must be toggled to an open order before you can apply a payment Open orders with payments applied cannot be toggled to a quote Basically Quotes cannot have payments applied to them at all If you provide a quote and the customer calls 2 3 days later and says please proceed with the order simply toggle the order status to an open order There is no re entry of the order and you know what pricing was quoted and for what quantities and what products because it s in BizWizard Please be aware that quotes are removed from BizWizard automatically every 6 months so if you enter a quote into BizWizard system and it never gets converted to an open order after 6 months it will magically disappear This keeps your database clean Canceling an Order Canceling an order is exactly that The order is cancelled and removed from BizWizard system It no longer exists will not show up on any reports and it is non recoverable Don t call our support team and say I accidentally cancelled an order how can get it back you can t and we will simply refer you to this section of the user s manual It is a complete deletion of the order You cannot cancel an order that has been marked complete or is closed You cannot cancel an order that has any payments applied to it Maintain O
141. ed upon the old This comes in handy if you have a sales tax rate change but the zip codes which you will learn about in a few more paragraphs stay the same Let s add a new tax rate setup by clicking on the add new button You will see a screen similar to the following Maintain Sales Tax Rates Form Effective 9 5 2003 Individual Sales Tax Descriptions YF Salex Tax Start End Base Description Zip Code Zip Code State Tax County Tax City Tax E O O CA Sales Tax All Zip Codes 30000 36639 7500 You can specify as many tax rate zip codes as needed If you charge one tax rate as is our example for all sales within the state you simply need to know the starting zip code for your state and the ending zip code then add them as shown on this screen However if you must charge different sales tax rates for different cities or different counties then you will need to setup the sales tax tables to reflect zip code ranges that apply to the various cities and counties taxes The sales tax reports will provide this breakdown thus helping you complete your sales tax returns oales tax rates have an effective date So let s assume on November 30 2004 you are notified by your states sales tax board that effective on January 1 2005 the sales tax is going up 2 across the board You DO NOT have to wait until January 1 2005 to set this up Simply add a new sales tax rate and specify the effective date of 1 1 2005 Then when
142. efaulted you may want to override the pricing for various reasons such as lowering price to give a volume discount for a little league order or increasing the price because the customer picked a standardized product but added 4 inches of column height and thus you need to charge 3 00 extra Trophy is a very generic product and since trophies come in different sizes shapes configurations and designs this is a good generic product to keep in the system to handle all of the customized trophy designs your customers may order Now that we have the unit price set to 12 50 we can click on the Next button The order line will be saved and you will be taken back to the Maintain Order screen Now you can add the next order line item Let s add two more line items First let s add 2 coach plaques as follows Quantity 2 Product code plaques Special instructions 9 x 12 cherry cove 5 x 7 acrylic picture at top soccer plaque mount on bottom left 3 x 3 red aluminum engraving plate on bottom right Unit price 22 50 The following example shows the above product completely entered After you have entered the information click on Next to go back to the Maintain Order screen Maintain Order Line Item Fecal Cost Order Inventory Display Product Details INIT PRICE OVERIDDE Unit Price Misc Labor Extended Price 22 Plaques Quantity Product 3I 12 cherry cave 5 s acrylic picture at
143. emarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Point of Sales Customer Information System Main System Menu Form Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System dIn System Default Business me Sunday Aug 24 2003 01 10 07 PM Order Svustem System Date Time Sunday Aug 24 2003 01 10 07 PM Work with Orders Print Work Order Summarization Other Options Status Selection Active Customers AND Work with Customers C HC Work with Vendors Account Number Inventory that Needs Ordering gt 16294 ABC 123 Corporation orth Winged East Falmouth 02536 Other Options Work with Outstanding A R Print Customer Invoices Post Payments to Invoices Other Options Work with Associates Change Password Clock In Clock Out Manage Internal E mails Work with Payroll Print Payroll Report Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout EE System 20000 0 0 2 0 0 Purchasing Inventory Subsystem Zip Code 3 i Invoices to Print ES BH m E E Past Due Notices to Send Orders Left over 30 days 0 0 0 0 1 0 Orders To Be Shipped Today The Purchasing Inventory subsystem is closely linked to the order system Purchasing Inventory relates to your vendors you purchase products and supplies from and the order system
144. ence it s a very quick way to change the unit price on all order lines by a pre defined percentage Some of the uses include adding rush fee surcharges to an order For instance Customer needs an order for tomorrow for 150 trophies and they are ordering right at 4 30 and you close at 5 00pm You might agree to complete their order for a 25 rush fee surcharge Maintain Misc Labor Charges Details Form EO js eee a cnarges and click on the 25 button and ails immediately and automatically all order lines are increased by 25 Misc Labor Percentage 0 000 Change ho You can use any percentage If Total Charges 0 00 35 609b 85 i you want to use the Misc Labor to Reset Percentage to Zero 0 0009 provide a decrease or discount on all order lines you can do that also to do this use a negative percentage number Send Promotional Materials v Pricing Needs to be Determined 7 Proof Requested To get to the Misc Labor Charges screen click on the text that says Misc Labor Charges in the Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 15 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x bottom left corner of the Maintain Order screen in the Additional Order Options section This will bring up the previously shown screenshot On the Misc Labor Ch
145. er Love Do Not Invoice Customer l 21 23 North Alabaster Cove Puma A Eu T la C gm Dialup Connection UedStses United States J But some sort of connection to the Customer Details Invoices Comments Contacts Orders Balance Aging Misc Customer Settings In Store Credits Internet is required to send e mails Blanket Purchase Order Information Blanket Purchase Order P O Number 2 Must have an From Date SMTP server To Date provider that allows Require Purchase Order to Direct Bill relaying of e mails If you do not have Invoice Delivery Method Iv E Mail Invoices requires internet connection one we can Iv Print Invoices provide one for you for an omin al f ee Billing E Mail Address david mdwasolutions com Simply contact us if you need an SMTP e mail server The settings for invoicing methods may be found on the Maintain Customer screen on the Misc Customer Settings tab as shown below As you can see the section that says Invoice Delivery Method has a checkbox in the E Mail Invoices checkbox and the Print Invoices checkbox This means that this customer will be invoiced with a paper printout and an e mail sent to david mdwasolutions com You can uncheck the Print Invoices checkbox and invoices will only be sent via e mail If you uncheck the E Mail Invoices checkbox
146. er the Associate System menu heading The following is an example of the change password screen Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System B d In ML David Matney e Time Thursday Feb 12 2004 03 35 47 AM Time Thursday Feb 122004 03 39 50 AM COE I a E 1i Work with Orders Print Work Order Summarization Other Options Associate Change Password Form New Order bel aintain 108 Work with Customers Current Login Information Work with endors Associate Name jennifer Sherman Inventory that Needs Ordering Password E TIIT Other Options Purchase Order H New Login Information 4 7 53 43 PM Work with Outstanding A R Print Customer Invoices New Password f errr Post Payments to Invoices Other Options Re Enter New Password p 4 8 01 33 PH B 04 03 PM y M 8 09 04 PM Work with Associates Back Change Password Change Password Clock In Clock Out Home of the Depots Closed 2 17 2004 8 13 31 PM Manage Internal E mails L Product Plates Pacific Telephone and Telegraph 801 36 Closed 2 17 2004 8 12 10 PM avro Hame Badges Work with Payroll Other Options Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout Exit System 5000000034500 0 oco Ob 0 0 O WU B o 0 1 Invoices to Print 1 E Past Due Notices to Send Orders Left over 30
147. eral manage Phone Humber 415 569 6595 0 Ext ps8 DirectF axHumber 415 523 5525 CellPhoneNumber E Mail Address peonasmith tophiesplaquessupplies com V The vendor contacts will help you keep informed as to who you work with at this particular vendor supplier Vendor Purchase Orders Vendor Purchase Orders are automatically built or you can create one as well For our demonstration purposes we will create a new purchase order Later we will learn how BizWizard system will create purchase orders automatically when inventory gets below acceptable quantities or when you order product to complete a customers order From the Maintain Vendor screen in the lower portion of the screen where the purchase orders are listed click on the Add New button to add a new purchase order We will then add some purchase order product lines and complete all the fields as shown in the following example Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 77 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Maintain Vendor Purchase Order Non Stock Inventory Standard Stock Inventory Moa O U F seo Special Instructions Sub Total Print Purchase Order Finalize and Print Purchase Order Dome Account 54987 Status Pending Finalization Vendor Name Trophies Plaques and Other Supplies Main Phone 415 589 6595 P O N
148. ering them to your customers So it is natural that the order management system is the core of BizWizard system There is a new concept you may need to learn in BizWizard system vs accounting packages such as QuickBooks or Peachtree Specifically you may be used to the fact that everyone who orders from you is a customer even if they paid with cash at the time of purchase and most likely will never order from you again or may only place 1 2 orders every few years These types of customers do not need to be defined as a customer rather look at them as simply a walk in order you will learn about customers in a later chapter So an order is simply that It is an order It does not equate to a customer for the purposes of BizWizard Let s walk through a scenario Joan Smith walks through your store door and requests a 2 x 4 gold aluminum engraved plate for a jewelry box Joan most likely will not order another item from you for several years She is a walk in order and we will enter an order into BizWizard for her She will not be put in as a customer Here s why What we call a customer is someone you have an ongoing business relationship with Customers are those that fit into one of the following categories a You do business with them on an ongoing basis b You direct bill them even if they order infrequently Direct Bill means instead of collecting payments you are going to invoice the customer and carry t
149. erpetual Plaques Black Onyx Perpetual Plaque 9 x With Casting Plaques Antique Bronze Grecian Wreath Stonecast Wave Plaque 8 x 10 1 2 General Acrylic Award Gold Cup Trophy 8 1 4 High Trad Clear Acrylic Award 5 High x 3 4 Thick Recognition Plaque 8 x 10 w Black Aluminum Lasere Sculpture Trophy Figure Awards 8 X 10 Sport Plaque Golf Sculpture Male 6 High Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners Total Gross Sales 975 00 2 580 75 247 25 359 10 370 95 569 15 341 51 5199 00 5249 09 5133 10 592 00 567 94 544 55 0 00 33 90 18 50 5124 30 112 45 95 60 58 85 46 85 35 46 29 75 21 75 19 40 13 65 12 10 6 501 95 Page 17 of 20 Users Manual for Version 3 x 121 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Marketing Description Total Gross Sales Trophy Plaque Sticker Qty 87 ENG TAX Qty 26 PLAQUES Qty 10 TROPHY Qty 3 APSCOG2PA Qty 3 PLATES Qty 2 APSCO10PA Qty 2 MISC TAX Qty 1 SCULPTURE Oty 1 PLASTIC Friday February 20 2004 Engraving Taxable Plaques standard Trophy Sports Picture Plaque Plates Misc Taxable gt 2 Sculpture Trophy Figure Awatds Plastic Sigeg E GS Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their resp
150. ervices Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Reading a Message Jennifer is now logged onto BizWizard Notice she now has a new message on the main screen after login In the bottom left hand corner it says you ve got mail All Jennifer has to do at this point is either click on the text that is red or click on Manage E mails under the Associate oystem section of the Main Menu System See the below example li Point of Sale Customer Information System Main System Menu Form a EJE Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System B d In Jennifer Sherman me Thursday Feb 12 2004 05 00 06 AM iate Time Thursday Feb 12 2004 05 00 12 AM emm Work with Orders Other Options Onder Status Al Onders AAD Add Import Order New Order hel aint ain a Orders Taken in Last 60 Days AMD Work with Customers Customer Search Work with Vendors Customer Name Order Number Order Status Date Time Taken Purchase Order Inventory that Needs Ordering i P 7 Eleven 80134 Closed 2 3 2004 8 05 40 PM Other Options l Plaques and Acrylic Awards 7 Eleven 80131 Clozed 2 11 2004 7 59 49 PH Work with Outstanding A R L Plaques and Acrylic Awards Print Customer Invoices Big B s Motor Racing 80132 Closed 2 11 2004 8 01 33 PM Post Payments to Invoices N
151. es shelf numbers etc which will indicate where you put the 10 trophies and 2 coach plaques once they were completed By indicating a pickup location an employee doesn t need to know anything about the order Customer walks in the store employee finds the customers order in BizWizard and collects any balance due and the goes to bin C 10 which is the pickup location The product in the bin or shelf label C 10 is the customers 10 trophies and 2 plaques The employee brings the finished product to the customer You can double click on the pickup location field to change the location There may be times when you need to move a customer s order that is waiting for pick up to another location Just be sure you indicate the new location in BizWizard on their order so that other employees will know where you moved it to Shipping Address and Locations Yes the system does have shipping addresses that you can set that is different from the billing address The shipping address is not readily shown on the maintain order screen because most of your orders will be picked up at your store if you are a retail operation Again this is a POS Point Of Sale system and as such it assumes you have a store front and businesses with a storefront tend to do more will call pickups than shipping But you do need to have the ability to specify a shipping address as one customer may order a product and have you drop ship it to another location or you may take pho
152. events can occur This event will trigger some calculations and processing to be done by BizWizard to prepare this order for the next event to occur The Order is Stored field is where you put Janice s completed order on your outgoing shelves For instance you may have shelves where you put completed orders that are waiting for customers to pick up the order You will want to number these shelves some shops call them bins simply identify in the Order is Stored field where Janice s order is If you put it in bin B 12 then simply type B 12 and click on Done You will learn how to customize outgoing bins later see Outgoing Bins on Page 177 Now you will be back at the Maintain Order screen and you will see that the order status is now Complete at this time the next event can occur however typically you would simply click Done because the chances of the customer coming in when you completed it is very low But now the system knows this order no longer needs to be worked on It will no longer appear on daily work order lists nor will it appear in any statistical reporting throughout BizWizard In the System Setup if you are setup to send e mails there is an option that you can set to send an order complete notification to the customer via e mail when the order is complete If you have this value set than BizWizard system will automatically send a notice to the customer via e mail assuming there
153. f product sale was achieved from which form of marketing venture Just take a look at the Printing Prerermncs report as shown on the next few pages Print To Printer Samsung ML 1450 Series Back Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 118 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x MDWA Solutions Marketing 1075 North Hills Blvd Suite 360 426 i Reno NY gage Pe T Fax 714 242 1810 Summarization Reporting From 1 1 2003 Reporting To 12 31 2003 Marketing Description Total Gross Sales Baseball Little League Flyer 780 94 Qty 40 TROPHY standard Trophy 441 20 Qty 11 APBSOZUA star Baseball Trophy G 1 2 High 3148 50 Qty 11 ZP55603G54A Baseball Sculpture Male 6 High 133 10 Qty 4 PMS12 9 X 12 Sponsor Coach T4am Mom Award 531 70 Qty 3 MISC TAX Misc Taxable y 36 01 Oty 2 PLAQUES Plaques VE o 27 30 Qty 1 APSCO10PA Soccer Recognition Plaque oe 1 2 18 35 Qty 1 APSCOSOPA Soccer Pictur amp Plague 16 30 ncm PU M ESE Friday February 20 2004 Page 1 of 20 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 119 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Marketing Description Drove By and Saw the Store Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Qty Oty Qty
154. fun let s look at the order statistics In the bottom left corner of the Maintain Order screen click on the text that says Order Statistics You will see the following screen Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 28 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Display Order Statistics Form rder Taken By System Default Date Time Taken 8 21 2003 7 39 59 PM Order Completed By System Default Date Time Completed 5 21 2003 8 24 40 PM Order Received By Picked up by Janice Jamison Date Time Received 8 21 2003 8 33 12 PM The order statistics screen can be handy if you ever get those calls from an accounts payable department that wants proof that a customer picked up an order You can indicate who picked it up when it was completed when the order was taken right down the second of the day Shipping an Order Now Janice s order is actually scheduled to be shipped so the even you would actually get when you triggered the event on the completed order assuming payment has been completed is the marked order shipped option as shown below This allows you to specify the tracking number of the shipment and then the order will be considered picked up or shipped See the following example Select Event Action Form Bak Done Select Event Action You Wish to Perform Shipper Tracking N
155. g Finat Post Payments to Invoices Delivery Charges Other Options E3 Product Sales Done s Discounts and Coupons Category Name Work with Associates Change Password Clock In Clock Out Home of the Depots Manage Internal E mails ___ Product Pla Pacific Telephone a L___ Name Badg Work with Payroll Other Options lisc Mir ion Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout Invoices to Print Exit System ARA uraers Left over 30 days Orders To Be Shipped Today As you can see from this example several categories already exist From here you can add a new general ledger category or maintain the existing one We are going to maintain the product sales category by selecting the record selector next to product sales and then click on the Maintain button at the top of the screen This brings us to the following screen which allows us to change the name of the category as well as add and maintain the subcategories Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 105 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x pisc Opbons ordi Daem Customer stem OMEN Sie Accunkn System Asiban System Emm Iu Mon a ie Thursday Feb 102004 10 05 50 pH incor Susbem Aux gunting O Tee hoa Less PM Work with Orders g A Print Work Arder Sun Accou nting Op o
156. g Purchase Orders e eeeeee eee ceeeee eere eere 83 Finalizing and Printing Purchase Orders sessi nennen nnns 84 Associated Order Line Hearst toallas 85 Example Printout of Purchase Order with Payments sees 87 Receiving Purchase Orders into Inventory ooccccccccocccnnccononccononononnnonononncnnnononancnnnonnnancnnnnos 89 Accounting System 1 ecce eese leeelienr eene n nena anna a nana 91 Outstanding Accounts Receivable eese LLL eeeeee eere Le ieee eene nnne nnn n nana nnns 91 APDIVINO all EE ELE NP 92 Changing Me Sore OF XB su caia essai ossa nsi o D eese fe ian 92 Printing Customer INVOICES iii 93 Printing INVOCA A A a 93 Folding Invoices to Fit in Windowed Envelopes ooccccccccoocccccccnnoccononononccononnnnconononanccononnnnns 95 Posting Payments to INVOICES iii i 97 Creating a Payment Balesan ren oo voee opo Ye EE asia dla ross tei desertae dolida 98 Adding a Payment Batch Check e ote er ee ret di edes 99 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved V All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Selecting Customer to Post Payments TO ooooonnccnnncccconcnonncnnnnnononnonanonnnnnnononannnnnnnonnnnnnnos 99 Check Payment OveragQ8S occcccccc
157. g the Add New Button you will be taken to the following screen Maintain Associate eter Ca TETTE ack Johansen Password BE Status Demographics Timesheet Payrol Security Social Security Number 845 838 4445 Address Line 6015 North Wide Rope Way City State Postal Code Cinthia CA 84587 Phone 789 456 5984 A Emergency Contact A he Name J anie Johansen C E tr Relationship Wie p A 4 Telephone 783 456 5384 An ke ME y P r Notice have already completed the information in the above example have specified an Associate Name Password and given the demographic information that will help us contact this user if we need to At this point let s set the security settings Click on the Security Tab to reveal the following new information about this associate Again notice have check marked EVERY box on the security tab This is because we are going to assume Jack Johansen is an administrator of BizWizard and thus needs to have access to all portions of the system Maintain Associate Associate Name ack Johansen Password G7 8JKE esa Active D emographics Timesheet Payroll Security Order Security Employee Management Security Lustomer Vendor Security Iv Override Pricing Iv Manage Associates I Vendor Management Iv Overide Deposit Requirement iv Manage Customer Accounts v Work Order Summarizations M Not Picked Up Customer Letters General System Secu
158. g to be found by doing the following 1 Click on Start Button 2 Click on Programs 3 Click on POSCIS System 4 Click on POSCIS Licensing Subsystem The licensing program will be started and will look like the following screen Main Licensing Menu Form Welcome to the POS CIS Licensing Program This program has 3 Simple Steps to bringing your software online The First Step is to generate a license key Second step is to Fax or mail to our office Ehe license key request generated The third step is to enter the unlock code we provide by return fax The entire process is quick simple and easy Step One Generate License Key Simply Click the button to the right to begin the Process of generating a license key i After vou have the license Kev generated simply Fax or mail to us the Form that is printed From this process Step Two Fax or Mail to our Office Fax or mail to our office the license key generation request created in Step One above After the license has been granted we will Fax or mail back to you an Unlock Code When vou receive the Unlock code proceed to step three Step Three Enter Unlock Code After vou receive our return Fax with your license information and unlock code Enter simply click on the button to the right and enter the unlock code as provided on the Unlock Cade return Fax Done Step One is to generate a License Key Click on the button next to Step one to get the following screen
159. ge which woods he used Last year he ordered veneer plaques and this year he wants to use a solid walnut He needs to know the new pricing and since you provided special pricing last year he wants you to call him with new pricing For this years order His phone number is 714 507 2412 he is anxious to get moving on this years order il There is no limit as to how many recipients you can send an e mail to At this point simply click on the Queue Re Queue Message button You must click on the Queue Re queue message button to put the e mail in the outbox If you checkmark the Notify when e mail read checkbox then when the recipient s open their e mail you will receive an e mail notification that they have read the e mail Now that the e mail is queued you are taken back to the Work with E Mails screen as shown below If you click on the Outbox you will see the e mail we just typed queued up and ready to send It has not been sent yet rather it is only queued and will be sent when you click Done on the Work with E mails screen See below snapshot Work with Associate E mails Form Rename Delete Edi Display Message Time Who Subject Jennifer Sherman Please Followup With Customer Now will click done and am going to log off and logon as Jennifer so that we can proceed with reading e mails in the next section Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 139 All Trademarks and S
160. get processed when in a quote status A quote can be converted to an open order later but while a quote it is only a quote and the system does not recognize it for any financial calculations nor does it appear on work orders unless you explicitly request it to Open Order This is an order that will be worked on completed put together etc Completed order This is an order that has been completed and is now ready for the customer to pick up or for your shipping department to ship but yet has money still owed on the order Closed order This is an order that has been completed and has no money owed This is the point at which a sale is considered to be completed keep in mind that the order life cycle may not have completed for a closed order as an order can be closed and the customer still has not picked up the order The reason an order will be closed vs completed is a completed order still Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 25 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x has a balance due but a closed order has no balance due So for financial reporting if no money is due and the order is completed then the transaction is completed and the order gets closed and monies get reported in the financial system There are two instances whereby an order can be closed and yet the customer has not p
161. h was exempt The 3rd page of the printout breaks down the exemptions by tax basis Also indicating a complete breakdown of why the sales tax was exempt as applied by the rules of your state The following 3 pages are examples of the 3 pages printed from the sales tax summarization Again you will use these figures to complete the sales tax forms required by your state Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 111 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners Users Manual for Version 3 x BizWizard Professional Jo 358g S rSSSA snp xel asp pue sajeg jejel Buld OO enp Aug JI 1583434 60 0 anp Aug y Ajjeuag 5g 555 i en XBL asf pug sajeg ejo DQ orl 48 SuonaEsugJ ejqBxe S EJO EUt4 bodes ys je1o1 qns 00 08 dujax3 jijoJd UoNM 0 sajes DO 0 e2Jeuuo ubisJo ui saeg ooste T 8248U4007 918151914 ui saes 0004 JUSUJUISADE Kyo sales 00 0 Jus uuuranoc Ajuno 0 saes 00 0 JUSUJUJSADE JEJE o sales 00 08 JUSUJUISADE BJapa 4 0 sales 00 0 voye pejsul pue sedas 4087 ajqexe uoN Oo SPres 29 8594 JO 519 1894 19140 0 SSJEG suoinduex3 0065584 isydiadey 5505 0 Joalqngs sidioo9y Xe osn pue sales voO0z ez e 91 Duniodey vOOZ L z uo14 Bulpoday uoneziueuiuns LFFE S9S8 pLZ EJ pode SFSt 85 rFLZ UIEN xe 586 Wo obaiq ues yoy 4 dl 399115 UNE UHON LESH e
162. he balance until the balance is paid C You have setup with them to automatically deduct their orders from a pre defined credit card i e you have a credit card on file for payment d You issue them an In Store Credit Now don t get scared about your walk ins not being setup as a customer We track all traditional information on an order such as name address city state zip telephone fax cell phone e mail address etc So if that someone does return and place another order you can find their old order and then duplicate it with all of their demographics details so that you do not have to retype the information So look at an order as exactly that An order is only an order and nothing more than an order An order tracks information such as The date and time the order was place The date and time the order is promised to the customer The date and time you schedule the order in your system to be worked on Customer demographics name address phone etc Order line items Payments applied Optional engraving or personalization text In addition to the above basic order information you may specify on an order additional items such as comments about the order You may indicate the order is tax exempt specify a purchase order number in case your customer gives you a purchase order Create quotes and Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 2 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are t
163. he database Its job is to keep the dates and times in check on all computers in your network Because each computer can be set to a different date and time this can wreak havoc in the payroll system It s an easy way to allow employees to change the date and time on a particular computer in your network clock out and then change the date and time back This is a way an employee can add time to their timesheets o0 the system synchronizer is a program that keeps a constant tab on the date and time of each computer and if any computer gets out of sync with the system synchronizer more than 5 minutes in the past or the future then that particular computer will be locked down until the date and time is corrected Let s assume you are running the system synchronizer and a computer gets more than 5 minutes out of sync This is what you will see on the computer in question Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 158 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x li Point of Sale Customer Information System Main System Menu Form ei Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System User Logged In M David Matney Business Date Time Tuesday Jan 13 2004 10 09 37 AM System Date Time Thursday Feb 122004 07 48 04 AM I
164. he properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x later at the click of a button turn that quote into an order There are automatic calculations of sales tax shipping charges and more Each individual line item may be tax exempt in case your state does not require collection of sales tax for certain types of services BizWizard handles interstate taxing by automatically removing sales tax if the shipping address is in a zip code that is outside your state The order system allows you to track an order through the following steps Take the order from the customer at your store counter Apply any deposits and payments Print a copy of their order with payments applied giving them a receipt The order appears on the daily work order list when it is scheduled to be worked on When the order is completed simply mark it complete to let the system know it is complete e When the person who ordered comes in to pick up the order simply pull up their order see if they have a balance due collect the payment print a final receipt and mark the order picked up and record who picked it up Again an order is an order and nothing more than an order Let s get started We will add a new order to BizWizard system add 3 order line items collect a deposit and print a receipt for the customer Taking a New Order To take an order the first step is to make sure you are on the Work with Orders s
165. hip To Trophies Plaqus and Other supplies 6548 North Miami Drive Building 45 Shipping Method UPS Ground 74587 North Main Street North San Diego CA 98745 San Diego CA 94578 Phone 415 589 6595 Fax 415 523 5525 Main 714 589 4545 Fax 714 565 4441 Quantity Stock Description 52 AB5847 BLUE WHIRLWIND ACRYLIC 60 AB504 5 x 7 Cherry Cove Plaques 20 JD4478 Jade horizon Acrylic 12 JD7845 Jade Star Acrylics 105 T5487 OVAL WALL CLOCK Special Instructions Please charge to Credit Card 4548 8959 8888 7878 Exp 02 2005 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 88 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Working with Finalized Purchase Orders Now that we have finalized a purchase order it is assumed that that purchase order has been faxed off to the vendor to be filled by the vendor BizWizard system considers the purchase order to be finalized but has not been received A purchase order must be received into inventory so we know the product has been received The next few steps will discuss receiving items ordered into inventory This especially becomes important when dealing with stock inventory as the system needs to know what stock is on hand and the only way for BizWizard to know items are no longer on order but on hand is to receive it into inventory To view all
166. icked up the order a Ifthe customer prepays the whole order once you mark it complete the system will check for a balance due If no balance is due then the sale completes and the order closes out b Ifa customer is being direct billed and an order is marked complete then the order will automatically generate a pending invoice issue a direct bill credit to the order to pay for the order and then have an invoice with a balance due In essence an invoice is created to pay for the order but the invoice now has the balance due on it One common question is this we don t bill our customers until they pick up the order If this is the case then BizWizard is not for you But before you stop reading and put BizWizard in the trash please read to understand why BizWizard does this When a customer walks through your doors and places an order that is direct billed and you complete the order do you deserve to be paid for the work you have completed for that customer The answer is yes So why are you waiting on payment Send out that invoice You will find that customers will not complain about getting an invoice before they pick up their order In four years of active use of BizWizard system with actual customers not a single customer has ever complained Actually here s what happened instead Customer received their invoice in the mail and it was not only an invoice but it was a reminder that their order needs to be picked up We have
167. ight 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 16 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain Order Payments Form Coupons Totals Delete Payment Add Payment Display Payment Payment Method Payment Details Payment Amount From here you can add a payment display and existing payment view coupons applied to an order and if you are authorized by the system security you can delete a payment Left click on the Add Payment button to reveal the Add Payment screen shown in the next example We are going to apply a 95 00 cash deposit to the order The screen will default to cash payment type Put in the amount of 95 00 and click on the Add Payment button See the following example Add Order Payment Detail Back Add Payment Payment Order Summarization Payment Method Cash Payment Amount 52 80 Order Total Discount After Discount Sub T otal Sales Tax 0 00 New Sub Total Shipping Handling Final T otal Less Total Payments Balance Due on Order Once you click on the add payment button you will receive a pop up message that lets you know how much of a balance is still due as shown below System Message Box Small Form Balance Due 2 70 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 17 All Trademarks and Services Marks me
168. ights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Working With Orders with Un pulled Stock Earlier we discussed the two different types of inventory the system tracks First are items that you track inventory on second are items you don t track inventory on When you enter an order line item if the order line item entered is a non tracking inventory item then you must manually pull the stock out of inventory and order from your vendors what supplies you may be short on Working with orders with un pulled stock will display a list of all open orders in the system whereby you have not pulled any stock for the order Once you pull the stock and specify the incoming bins where the stock is stored then the order will no longer appear in this list This is a great management tool to ensure you are not caught without necessary supplies to complete the order To view this screen click on the Other Options link under the Order System section of the Main Menu Then you will be presented with a popup menu Select the Work with Orders Un pulled Stock option from the popup menu This will display the following screen The pull down list at the Work with Orders Unpulled Stock top of the screen allows you to filter the list by associate who took the order You can select just a single employee s Date Pr
169. ill notice throughout BizWizard consistency in how the interface works The Work with Customers screen can be sorted and searched using any portion and any capitalization of text the same way as the Work with Orders screen Setting the Sort Order of Work with Customers Screen The sort buttons are at the top of each column Click the button for the sort you want to change the sort order The sort will occur in ascending sequence See the following example of where the sort buttons are located the default sort order is by customer name Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 73 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Point of Sales Customer Information System Main System Menu Form PRI Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasina Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System B8 Logged In System Default Business Date Time Sunday Aug 24 2003 01 10 07 PM Order System System Date Time Sunday Aug 24 2003 01 10 07 PM Work with Orders Print Work Order Summarization Other Options Customer Svstem Status Selection Active Customers AND Customer Search Work with Customers Purchasing Inventor Work with Vendors Account Number Customer Name Address City Zip Code Telephone gt Inventory that Needs Ordering gt 16294 E i 43984 Nurthr
170. illing Details Purchase Order Details Order Payment Details Misc Labor Charges x Order Statistics Zoom Order Totals d j d Balance Due 0 00 Now let s add an order line item as shown below by clicking on the Add Order Line button on the Maintain Order screen Maintain Order Line Item Reset Cost Order Inventory Display Product Details Quantity Product INIT PRICE OVERIDDEN Unit Price Misc Labor Extended Price 50 ACRYLIC 48 bL 2 430 00 General Acrylic Award Word Count Letter Count Punctuations Count Total Character Count Unit Cost 0 00 Extended Cost 0 00 Line Item Profit 2 430 00 At this point we are going to Order Inventory by clicking on the Order Inventory button What we are doing is ordering inventory for a product whereby we do not track inventory In this case we have an acrylic award and we do not track inventory for any possible number of reasons Maybe it s not a stock item and only special order Maybe we just don t track inventory on any product in our store Whatever the reason we need to order enough products to complete this order So click on the Order Inventory Button and then fill out the screen as shown below Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 79 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain Order Line Items Nee
171. ime Sunday Feb 22 2004 09 22 51 PM Work with Orders Print Work Order Summarization Accounting Options Menu Form Other Options Accounting Options Add lmport Order New Order Maintain zl Ls BE Work with Customers Purchase Onder H Work with Yendors ish to taxe Date Time Taken Inventory that Needs Ordering Work with All Invoices 2 3 2004 8 05 40 PM Other Options J Work With General Ledger Categories Print General Ledger Summarization 271172004 7 59 49 PM Sales Tax Summarization Daily Receipts Register Reconciliation Marketing Analysis Close Accounting Financials Work with Outstanding A R Print Customer Invoices Post Payments to Invoices Other Options 2 11 2004 8 01 33 PM 2 3 2004 8 04 09 PM A11 2 13 2004 8 03 04 PM Work with Associates Change Password Clock In Clock Cut Manage Internal E mails 2 17 2004 8 13 31 PM Pacific Telephone and Telegraph 801 36 Closed 2 17 2004 8 12 10 PM CY CA L Mame Badges Work with Payroll Other Options Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout Invoices to Print ea sytem 20000000 20000000 eee 1 Oo B 2 0 1 Oo 6 Orders Lett over 30 days Orders To Be Shipped Today HB Point of Sale Custom cal POSCIS Users Manual From the Accounting Options Menu take the Sales Tax Summarization option This will bring up the following screen Copyright 1999 to
172. information system It can be networked to run with up ta 100 simultaneous users connecting to it s centralized database All updates at all computer workstations are immediatly available at all other computer workstations You cannot change your company name address city state zip code telephone number and fax number from this screen This is set when you license the software see Licensing Subsystem on Page 180 In demo mode the demo company is used and once you go to license the software you will be able to specify your company s name address city state zip code telephone number and fax number What you can set on this screen is the sales tax resale and define whether you want the phone number fax number and resale numbers to print on certain printouts in the system such as order receipts and other order related documents or in the case of the sales tax resale number you can specify whether you want your resale number to print on the purchase orders that you send to your vendors Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 157 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x System Numbering Tab The System Numbering tab shows you the last used numbers for various sections of the system such as the last used order number last used purchase order number etc These numbers are so tightly integr
173. ing Far this years order His phone number is 714 507 2412 he is anxious to get moving on this years order Before can type a message must select the recipient This is done by clicking on the Select button Because BizWizard only allows for internal e mails as of this version of the software you select a recipient or multiple recipients from the list of active associates in the system In this case am sending e mail to just Jennifer However let s assume wanted to send the e mail to both Jennifer and Wiley would click on the Select button revealing the following screen and select both recipients New E Mail Message Recipient List Jennifer Sherman wiley Foults bd When I click Done on the Select Recipient screen will be back at my message and now have two recipients in my list as shown below Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 138 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain E mail Message Form Cancel E Mail QueueJRe Queue Message Done Recipients Jennifer Sherman Wiley Foults Select Notify When E Mail Read E Mail Subject Please Followup With Customer E Mail Body lack John Called and wanted to know about the pricing on Ehe 10 1 2 by 13 Plaques he ordered last year He wants to duplicate it this year except he wants to chan
174. ing Systems 750 Y Gincon Road Yorba Linda Bank Name FUE 6510 North Billinger Way Unit H Anaheim Antonias Telegraph Equipment 440 Mt Kimble Avenue Morristown Eau AppleBits Consulting 9649 Main Mirror Ave Yorba Linda Big B s Motor Racing 1148 M Placerville Road Yorba Linda Bing Bang Blue Bells 61350 Fairmont Road Suite 874 Wi hitkier Applied u v 200378887 52 80 k iv 447 20 Invo 200370009 In addition to being able to select the customer from the pull down list you can use the search button to the right of the customer which will bring up the following search screen Customer x 1 B kA LE 2 Ew F Bet a A MEL E LEBL IN F a Main voice Telephone E Eleven 345 885 4478 075 448 5538 Company Customer M ame Alabaster Plaster Construction Inc This search screen also displays all customers however the difference is you can use the Alco Fastening Systems Amencan Packaging Inc Antonios Telegraph Equipment AppleBits Consulting Big B s Motor Racing Bing Bang Blue Bells Birch Benders Tree Services California Helpers COPL Inc Desmond Interior Design Diamond Cutters of America Frame Art merica Galligher Gone Wild Equipment Manufacturers Grand Havana Sewing Equipment 484 558 3385 384 853 8383 384 458 7845 878 454 1145 388 454 4487 774 859 9956 776 895 8654 654 454 7769 310 454 4483 748 598 6512 412 562 5569 303 453 8541 354 784 5821 545 853 8383
175. ing screen Maintain Associate Timesheet Status Open Paid Date Paid Check 1t dee Hours 0 00 Gross Pay 0 00 W2 Exemptions _ J O AP 000 Federal Witholding 3000 W2 Additional 50 00 Total Working Hours 0 00 state Tax Witholding g Pay 5tatus Hourly J Paid Bonus Hours 0 00 FICA Deduction 0 00 Misco ke Hourly Hate 1850 Holiday Hours 0 00 SDI 0 00 Yearly Rate 38 480 00 Sick Leave Hours 0 00 0 00 PTO Hours 0 00 Net Pay 50 00 Maternity Leave Hours 0 00 Total Hours 0 00 Reporting Type Clock In Date Time Clock Out Date Time Notice the Paid checkbox Date Paid and Check 7 fields are blank Leave it blank for now we will learn later in the payroll system how this gets set From here you can print the timesheet although there isn t any time records yet or you can change some of the values such as W2 exemptions hourly rate yearly rate etc you can also add timesheet entries or maintain timesheet entries For now let s add a new timesheet entry by clicking on the Add New button which will result in the following screen Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 128 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Wi Point of Sale Customer Information System Main System Menu Form Misc Options Order System Cu
176. ion Daily Receipts Register Reconciliation Marketing Analysis Close Accounting Financials 2 3 2004 8 05 40 PM ina 2 11 2004 7 59 49 PM Work with Dutstanding A R Print Customer Invoices Post Payments to Invoices Other Options 2 11 2004 8 01 33 PM 2 3 2004 8 04 09 PM 2 13 2004 8 09 04 PM Change Password Clock In Clock Out Manage Internal E mails 2 17 2004 8 13 31 PM 80136 Closed 2 17 2004 8 12 10 PM Work with Payroll Other Options Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout Exit System timated Pick Ups Invoices to Print m a B EN m gt Past Due Notices to Send Orders Left over 30 days 11 000 100 6 Orders To Be Shipped Today 000003 0 1 0 0 0 0 Q0 0 6 Working with All Invoices From the Sub menu show in the previous example select the Work With All Invoices link This will bring up the following screen which allows you to view all invoices for all history in time Work with Invoices Invoice Customer ES ooo Inv Credit Invoice 200378887 200378888 200378889 200378890 200378891 200378892 Customer Name 7 Eleven Bing Bang Blue Bells 7 Eleven Big B s Motor Racing Desmond Interior Design Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Billed dE E E E E Date Due 2 3 2004 2 3 2004 2 13 2004 2 16 2004 2 16 2004 2 20 2004 Invoice Total 102 36 7 283 90 263 99 1 145 00 245 00 Our Example only has a few inv
177. irectory will STILL RESIDE in the installation directory if it exists on each computer however it WILL NOT GET USED unless for some reason BizWizard system cannot link to the file on the shared drive Why would this situation ever occur Let s assume you have 5 computers in your network and a e computer that is a server You copied one of the aposcis tables mdb files to the server and put it in its own directory as we recommend Then you went to each of the 5 computers and mapped the network drive as a shared resource Now in BizWizard on each of the 5 computers you used the open database function to tell BizWizard where the shared database resides Now 10 days later when you come to work the e computer which is the server is not even booted up but you don t know that You go to one of the other 5 computers boot it up and start BizWizard system BizWizard tries to link back to the shared database on the server but it Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 151 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x cannot do so because the network resource is not available In this case it s not available because the server isn t even turned on BizWizard says 1 Can link to the database have been told to link to No 2 Because cannot link to BizWizard was told to link to have no choice bu
178. is an e mail address defined for this customers order and let them know that their order is ready for pick up Customer Picks Up an Order But for our example purposes would like to demonstrate a great feature of BizWizard Notice that there is a balance due of 61 02 on Janice s order The next event is to mark the order picked up This event is triggered when customer comes in to pick up their order How many times have orders left your store without collecting full payment Well let s see what BizWizard system does Click on Trigger Event on the Maintain Order screen You will see the Trigger Event screen again and the only option available to you is to Mark Order Picked Up that is because it is already been marked complete Go ahead and click on Mark Order Picked Up button notice you will be presented with an ut oh screen As shown below Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved D All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Select Event Action Form Select Event Action You Wish to Perform Mark Order Picked Up by Customer Display Order Totals when Order is Opened Form Order Total 221 20 Discount 33 18 After Discount Sub Total 188 02 Sales Tax 0 00 New Sub Total 188 02 Shipping Handling 0 00 Final Total 188 02
179. is method Lifecycle of Order Non Stock Products for an Order If you recall earlier in another chapter we discussed how to enter order line items see Order Line Items on Page 7 n that process of adding order lines there is an option to Order Inventory To demonstrate this start a new order from the Work with Orders screen complete the order header as shown in the following example Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 78 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain Order Cancel Invoice Reset Deposit Duplicate Trigger Event Toggle Status Send E Mail Print Order 10002 Open Order Description Acrylic Award Order Pickup Ship By 9 22 2003 2 30PM Company Name ABC 123 Corporation Scheduled 9 22 2003 30PM Contact Name cindy Lou Marketing Code Repeat Customer M Billing Address 2123 North Alabaster Cove Stock Location z 777 383 9999 Ew 4022 888 777 6666 Cell ndy lou abc 123corp com Delete Order Line Add Order Line Change Order Line Quantity Stock Item Name Extended Price Tax Additional Order Options Order Total 0 00 Sales Tax 0 00 Shipping Handling 0 00 Coupon Discounts 0 00 Less Total Payments 0 00 Shipping Information Order Comments Direct B
180. is where you sell those products you purchase When BizWizard was initially started it was setup by default to already have a few sample vendors To get to the Work with Vendors screen you will need to select the Work with Vendors option from the pull down menu at the top or the option to the left under the Main Menu System See below Ill Point of Sale Customer Information System Main System Menu Form Misc Opfens Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory 5ysten ccouning System Assocale System Payroll System MM a 03 47 10 PM 03 47 13 PM a Imeentory Werk with Pendle Purchase Orders Work with Orders Week VES Frain Print Work Order Sammariratin Other Options chase Orders mi Vendor Search Work with Customers Vendor Acci Y Man Phone 8 Fas Phone E Work with Vendors b 77777 562 941 8780 562 941 6850 714 532 7454 714 771 9775 Continental Trophy Inventory trat meses Ordering Other Options BEERS Discount Trophy 605 339 4010 605 339 1467 Work with Outstanding A R Print Customer Invoices Post Payments bo Invoices Other Options Work with Associates Change Password Clock Inj Chock Qut Manage Internal E mails Work with Payroll Print Payroll Report Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout e mgnceugncogs sucouuzus Orders Left over 30 daye 0 00 0000 0 0 0 0002020070 0 MITES Invo ces t
181. ity CA 92886 Main 777 777 7777 In Store Fax 888 888 8888 Credit This In Store Credit will Automatically be applied ABC 123 Corporation to future invoices before Attn Accounts Payable the Invoice is billed until 254984 North Winged Way the in store credit is Suite 5498 completely used up East Falmouth MA 02536 Date Created 7 29 2002 Orig Credit Amount 120 65 Credit Number 200254705 Balance Remaining 0 00 Credit Description OverPayment Credit Issued From Check Batch 569 Check 3168 Bank Bank of America This in store credit has been applied to the invoices shown below If no invoices are showing then this credit has not been applied as of the printing of this in store credit Date Applied Applied Method Description Amount Applied 8 1 2002 Applied to Invoice Invoice 200276344 32 00 8 5 2002 Applied to Invoice Invoice 200276358 8 00 8 7 2002 Applied to Invoice Invoice 200276374 8 00 8 12 2002 Applied to Invoice Invoice 200276392 8 00 8 12 2002 Applied to Invoice Invoice 200276393 8 00 8 15 2002 Applied to Invoice Invoice 200276417 8 00 8 19 2002 Applied to Invoice Invoice 200276425 16 00 9 19 2002 Applied to Invoice Invoice 200276578 16 00 9 19 2002 Applied to Invoice Invoice 200276579 8 00 9 19 2002 Applied to Invoice Invoice 200276580 8 00 10 24 2002 Applied to Invoice Invoice 200276744 0 65 This in store Credit has no value itis not a coupon It is a reporting
182. k a Write it all down on paper first and then enter it later Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 10 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x b Enter it to begin with and be done With option A above you are doing duplicate work plus you cannot provide the person placing the order with a receipt right away Most customers would like a copy of their order to take with them When you take your car in to be serviced you get a printout of the work to be done The same is true with trophy awards orders So try to get away from option A and go with option B You will save time and the customers will benefit from it Plus there is no worry about forgetting to enter the order later Remember POS means point of sale That is the point which you are doing the sale and that takes place interactively with the person placing the order as they are ordering Advanced Order Settings Previously we worked within the basic portions of the order system Enter a basic order but did not take advantage of any of the advanced order settings why they are used and how to make most efficient use of them In this section we will investigate some of the more advanced options as it relates to an order Stock Location BizWizard system is designed to track inventory or to have no tracking of inventory You can even
183. k Database It constantly updates the business date and time and this time is used to match up with the computers date and time If out of sync lockdown occurs Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 159 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Order Setup Tab The order setup tab allows you to specify validation rules as it relates to monetary settings for orders For instance you can indicate that a deposit will be required on all orders that have an order total over 30 00 and the amount of deposit that must be collected is 40 of the order total This will enforce your policy on when a deposit must be collected from the customer at the time an order is taken System Setup FICA Tax Table Additional Employee T ax Tables Internet E Mail Setup Order waiver Text Company Information System Numbering Order Setup Order Status Setup Invoice Setup Sales Tax Setup Deposit Required Iv Deposit Required if Order Total is Over 30 00 Default FITA Name Mise Labor X Percentage of Order Total Required as a Deposit 40 Defauk PITA Percentage 0 000 Minimum Direct Bill amp mount 15 00 Print Received By Signature Form if Order Total iz ver 1 000 00 Default Check Batch Payment Method Check bd Store Hours Test Monday Through Friday 8 30am to 5 00pm E Mail Address Tes
184. k Out Date Time Working Hours Friday February 20 2004 Friday February 20 2004 1 30 00 PM 5 30 00 PM Working Hours Friday February 20 2004 Friday February 20 2004 8 30 00 AM 12 30 00 PH But wait a minute Why is the Net Pay 84 93 shouldn t it be 134 93 Well the answer to this question is no Here is why Do you see the W2 Additional Dollars of 50 00 This has to be deducted out of the paycheck as well as the other deductions listed So if you take the Gross pay minus federal withholding minus state tax withholding FICA deduction SDI and ALSO minus the W2 Additional dollars you come up with a Net Pay of 84 93 Ok enough of the timesheet lets move onto some security issues Click done on this screen and you will now be back at the Maintain Associate Screen Click on the Security Tab to reveal the security settings as shown in the next section Associate Security Settings Now we are looking at the security settings What do all of these settings do Well let s find out Take a look at the following screen Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 130 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain Associate Associate Name Jennifer Sherman Password woeihdk TETTE Active D emographics Timesheet Payroll Security Order Security Employee Managemen
185. ks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 221 20 33 18 188 02 0 00 188 02 0 00 188 02 188 02 0 00 Page 1 of 1 33 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Order Attachments Order attachments or engraving attachments are good for many purposes Mainly they are to attach as a cover page to the customers paperwork they leave with you such as printouts for engraving drawings or spec sheets or if they leave a product in your possession for you to do custom work on print out an attachment and tape it to the product It has the customers order number on the attachment printout so you can keep track of the items necessary for the completion of the order and no more lost engraving or spec sheets You can also print one and hand it to the customer to write their engraving directly on the page There is plenty of room My Company Name Order 5544 Amane E TRE American City CA 97886 i l Main 777 777 7777 Attachment Fax 888 888 8888 Order Number Date Placed 5 21 2003 o Contact Phone B 901 7 4 R5RU Contact Fax 9 901 496 335736 Janice Jamison Purchase Order EP 15478 North Main Street Suite 360 Expected Completion Date Expected Completion Time 3 30 EM Union City T v Tax Exempt OUTIOE STATE Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 34 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the
186. ks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 0 00 0 00 0 00 973 10 9 407 55 39 976 40 62 BizWizard Professional The Print Account Summary Option will print a summarization of outstanding invoices so you can mail to your customers if need be Some customers may need an account summarization The following is what the Customer Account Summarization printout looks like My Company Name 1 d Aw a merican City Main 777 721 7771 Account Fax 888 888 8888 summary This account summary shows outstanding ABC 123 Corporation Invoices Attn Accounts Payable Da Peete nal ae Norti VARS eV AY invoices with a Zero Suite 5498 Balance are not reported East Falmouth MA 02536 on this Summary Invoice Date Billed Date Due P O Number Ordered By Invoice Total 200378576 7 11 2003 7 11 2003 Steve Brown 6 00 200378738 8 13 2003 8 13 2003 Steve Brown 6 00 Current Account Balance 12 00 Account Balance Aging Summary 1to 30 31 to 60 611090 91to 120 120 Plus 0 00 6 00 6 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 NOTICE Past Due Accounts may experience a delay in delivery or processing of current and future orders Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 63 Users Manual for Version 3 x BizWizard Professional In Store Credits Users Manual for Version 3 x In Store Credits are
187. l Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x it is important to understand WHEN something appears in the invoicing system and thus the general ledger system An order is considered a pending financial transaction Until the order is closed you will never see order line items payments discounts etc appear anywhere in the general ledger system invoicing system or accounts receivable system It is a pending financial transaction and once closed is then made available to these systems as that is the point that the financial transaction is no longer pending rather it is finalized The reason we bring this up is when you print the General Ledger Summarization it is important to know that the dollar amounts represented as income DOES NOT equate to actual check deposits Here is why On 2 17 2004 you take an order for 500 Trophies and the customer puts a 1500 00 deposit on the order and the order total is 3 000 00 Now you take the check you put it in the cash drawer and most likely will deposit it that night The order shows the payment has been applied however this is a pending transaction IT ONLY EXISTS ON THE ORDER and does not exist in the general ledger system invoicing system or accounts receivable system So if you printed a General Ledger Summarization also on 2 17 2003 the amount reported as Income will not incl
188. lace something Have them sign a waiver The waiver is used by many awards stores to prevent customers from blaming the store on damage to merchandise that may have already been in the item they left with you You are the judge as to when you feel you need a customer to waive responsibility and when you feel you need it simply print it You can define what this waiver text says in the System Setup See Order Waiver Text Setup on Page 167 My Company Name Ord er 5544 Anystreet Road American City CA 92886 Main 777 777 7777 Waiver Fax 888 888 8888 Order Number Date Placed Contact Fax 8 901 496 3526 Janice Jamison Purchase Order 9 Expected Completion Date Expected Completion Time v Tax Exempt understand and agree that it is the policy of the companyaianted at the top Lifrts agreement that they are not responsible for nicks scrapes scratches dentes breaks or any Orher form of damage to any item have left in their possession that are not pufehasedat Said conpaniessstore as part of my current order aT d Fs I will indemnify and hold harmless above m amp phened enirpany W s affiliates associates owners and employees for any Damage mis engravinghits spellin amp of amp n amp ravigemis pld ement of engraving on any item I have left in their possession tebe engraved I will defend at my cost should h re be a need to above c mpany ws affiliates associates owners and emp
189. lackout a message gets printed on the order receipt letting the customer know in advance of the holiday hours That way they can plan accordingly after all they may need that gift item you engraved for a Christmas present and they may be planning on picking it up on December 24 So if you have the 24 blocked they will know when they get their order receipt that they will need to come in by the 23 to pick up their order in time for Christmas Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 171 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Ii Point of Sale Customer Information System gt Main System Manu Form Bec Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associabe System Payroll System B d In F4 David Mabney ne Thursday Feb 12 2004 11 13 22 AM Work with Order Blackouts Work with Orders 2 Print Work Order Samimarizal Add Now hid New Marian Dene Other Options LEITI i Stail Time End Dale End Tima Tithe BOO 00 AH 10 30 00 FH Memorial Dis Work with Cust ork wW ustormers 7 5200 EU DU AM 10 30 00 PM Independence Day sing Inventoryiaz 5 00 00 AM 10 30 00 PM Labor Day lll uin Ph 11 25 2004 500004M 10 30 00PM Thanksgiving Hobday 5 00 00 AM 9 00 00 AM Chima News Wests I Inventory that feeds Orderi Other Options
190. le Status Send E Mail Print Order er 10001 Open Order Description Pickup Ship By af7 z003 2 30 PM companyname O Scheduled So 305 Contact Name Janice Jamison Marketing Code Repeat Customer Billing Address 15478 North Main Street Suite 360 Stock Location Pickup Location 201 784 8885 Ext 901 496 3526 Cell E Mail li jamison zkweb net Delete Order Line Change Order Line Quantity Stock Item Name Unit Price Misc Labor Extended Price Tax TROPHY Standard Trophy 125 00 PLAQUES Plaques 45 00 ENG TAX Engraving Taxable 51 20 Additional Order Options pou EE k ales T ax 0 00 Shipping H andling 0 00 Coupon Discounts 0 00 Less Total Payments 0 00 Shipping Information Order Comments Direct Billing Details Purchase Order Details Order Payment Details Misc Labor Charges E Order Statistics Zoom Order Totals Per ry dae Balance Due 422120 Review of Taking a New Order At this time we have entered a complete order into BizWizard system What we have entered is the bare minimum to constitute an order First we enter the demographics information Then we entered the Date Time for pickup and scheduling and then we added order line items Typically you will have computers on your front counter and will enter the order as you are taking it from the person placing the order Which of the following is faster and is NOT duplication of wor
191. lick on Done to complete the order Assume you want to reset the deposit requirement for an order In other words the deposit requirement was overridden however it needs to be set back so BizWizard system requires a deposit again this applies to only this order not ALL orders Print Order Forms Selection Screen Form On the maintain order screen there is a button that says Reset Deposit Click this button and the Print the Following For E Mail the Following For deposit will now be required once D PUE T pe again Order Attachment a Printing a Customers Shipping Notification E Packing Slip Order or Receipt Order Received By Signature Page Credit Card Authorization Form There are several printouts Generic Waiver of Responsibility available for each order The A ee E mE Internal Proof Attachment printouts each have a design and mp iota purpose The most common one Proforma Invoice you will use is printing a receipt or Sele ba eee RE a copy of an order for the i i Rea customer This is quite simple On the maintain order screen left click the button at the top that says Print Order this will bring up the print order selection Printing Preferences screen The selection screen will have the print order without payment details check marked by default In addition you can checkmark any number of the Print To Printer hp officejet 6100 series Print E Mail Copyright 1999 to
192. ll Received button if what you received was the complete order You can also checkmark the boxes next to the items whereby the entire order line is received for each order line one by one If only a partial quantity is received then do not checkmark the received box rather just put in the quantity you actually received Check marking the Received box tells BizWizard system that we no longer are concerned with this order line when we receive the balance of the shipment and thus you will no longer be able to receive this line item Only Line ltems that still have outstanding items to be received will remain on the purchase order Let s assume you received the 60 Items for Stock B504 and you received the 12 Items with Stock 4 JD7845 Checkmark the received box for those two items and specify that you received 60 AB504 by putting in the number 60 for the quantity received and specify 12 quantity received for the JD7845 Now let s assume you received none of the A5847 and none of the T5487 and only 10 of the JD4478 Specify 10 received for JD4478 BUT DO NOT CHECKMARK THE RECEIVED BOX Only checkmark the received box if you have received the whole line item and that line item has no backorders Next time you open the finalized order to be received when you receive the next shipment which completes the order you will not that only 3 lines items will be displayed and a quantity of 10 will be visible next to Item Number JD4478
193. lly the setup and use of the System Synchronizer The only time you need the System Synchronizer running is if you plan to have it running on the server only and if you want to have the system date time on all computers in your network validated against what the server says the system date time should be To startup the system synchronizer you must turn this feature on within BizWizard under the System Setup General System Settings menu The following screen is where you checkmark the Use System Synchronizer checkbox System Setup FICA Tax Table Additional Employee T as Tables Internet E Mail Setup Order Waiver Text Company Information System Mumbering Order Setup Order Status Setup Invoice Setup Sales Tax Setup Last Used Order 4 81173 Last Used Purchase Order 4 2004889596 Last Used Invoice 200479764 Last Used Payment Batch 808 Last Used Customer Number 16613 Last Used Coupon Code 8781074 The POS CIS system automatically generates and keeps track of last used numbers such as invoice numbers order numbers payment batch numbers and more E will serve up the next available number to whichever workstation performs an operation that requires a new number It s all automated for you It is important that the system synchronizer be running on the server at all times while BizWizard system is in operation You can have it automatically start up by copying the shortcut from the Menu System to the Startup Group
194. lope discussed earlier if folded as follows Folding Invoices to Fit in Windowed Envelopes Folding an invoice in the traditional tri fold format as follows will ensure the address appears in the window portion of the windowed envelope First take a look at the following invoice Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 95 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x MDWA Solutions Invoice 74587 North Main Street North San Diego CA 98745 Main 714 589 4545 Fax 714 565 4441 Account 14175 Invoice 2003 8887 7 Eleven Date Billed 2 3 2004 Attn Accounts Payable Date Due 2 3 2004 9741 Oro Vista Street Suite 105B Payment Terms Net Due in 10 Days Placentia CA 92870 Ordered By Gene Miller FO Number Quantity Description Unit Price Ext Price Tax 10 Badges 490 49 00 v IMPORTANT NOTICE PLEASE READ Sub Total 49 00 Delivery 0 00 Past Due Invoices are Subject to a Late Payment Fee of 20 00 for Each Month Past Due and or a 1 5 Finance Charge of the Total mas Tax 3 80 Balance Due for Each month an Invoice is Past Due Invoice Total 52 80 Credits Applied 0 00 Balance Due 52 80 Page 1 of 1 1 Turn the Invoice facedown on the table so that the backside of the invoice is facing the ceiling 2 Take the bottom of the invoice and fold it over so that the bottom of the
195. loyees should there biidispute that is brarfeht bto a courtof competent jurisdiction I also waive my right to a trial by Lit l Signature Please Print Same Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 39 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Customer Proof Attachment Print this as your cover page to the proofs you fax to your customers Customer reads the proof attachment goes over the proofs and faxes back The printout is fairly self explanatory My Company Name Customer 5544 Anystreet Road American City CA 92886 Main 777 777 7777 Proof Fax 888 888 8888 Request Order Number Date Placed 8 21 2003 Contact Phone 901 754 8889 Contact Fax 8 901 496 3526 Purchase Order 8 15478 North Main Street suite 360 Expected Completion Date 8 21 2003 f Expected Completion Time Janice Jamison BILL TO A Proof of the lettering that will be placed on the products yQu have or ered s part of this order has been attached to the following pages Before we can proceed with yourorder request we request that vou review the attached proof s and returmihem tatis willrany Corrections made or simply return this page acknowledging that the prauls are acceptable Please be sure you return this first page as the Test page to your returo tax so Wetan ensure your proof s are responded
196. lvetica Font Style Thank you for your Business Please come back again We will work hard to try and complete your order by the Expected Date and Time identified at the top of this order Please let us know if the above date and time will 0 04 51 20 Order Total 221 20 Less Coupon Discount 33 18 After Discount Sub Total 188 02 Sales Tax 7 75 0 00 New Sub Total 188 02 Shipping H andling 0 00 Final T otal 188 02 not fit within your time schedule as soon as possible and we will try to work within your time constraints as best as we can Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved Less Credits Applied 188 02 Balance Upon Pick Up 0 00 Page 1 of 1 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 32 BizWizard Professional Print Order with Payment Details The print order with payment details looks like the following Notice each of the payments is itemized out Some customers will require this for their expense reports or simply may want a detailed transaction Users Manual for Version 3 x Order Receipt Closed Order My Company Name 5544 Anystreet Road Store Hours American City CA 92886 Monday Through Friday 8 30am to 5 00pm Main 777 777 7777 Fax 888 888 8888 E Mail Order Number Shipping Method UPS Ground Address Type Residential Address 38261 15478 North Main Street Suite 360 Telephone 9
197. mpany Orders are not customers and customers are not orders A customer may have none or one or more than one order An order may be associated with a customer But the two are completely unrelated with exception to this relationship Third Party Account Packages for Accounts Receivable A common question is I have my accounting package QuickBooks Peachtree MYOB etc setup for accounts receivable right now why can t simply export from the POS to those packages for accounts receivable There is a simple answer Actually there are several simple answers BizWizard could export to these accounting packages however the features you would loose include Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 72 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x 1 Blanket purchase order management and automation 2 Credit limits automation and tracking of customers spending to ensure they stay under the credit limited set for the customer BizWizard knows about all invoices and all orders open for a customer is ensuring any new orders for a customer do not cause a credit line to be exceeded With external packages you will not be able to track and manage these aspects of customer management 3 BizWizard keeps track of in store credits and automated application of those credits to future invoices You will not be able t
198. mpany Mame MDWA Solutions EL License Key 2391E7 D 7D47DF 4 7DEFCE 7 DCE7DF 4 CE7D7D F 3F47D7 D 3 40 33 C E Work with vendors Unlock Code F47D 26 82C E7DF4 1CC8 1bE CEF 18AE7 CE7D 41 EF4 7D1AD ED37 DE FDC E7D33 CE99 DQ 902 Inventory that Meeds Ordering Expiration Date 12 31 2050 LS E T i Processor amp Memor User Other Options Highest Version Licensed 9 9 9 y MEE Maximum Users Licensed 200 Type amp Ho of CPUs Pentium 7 M David Manes kissed ON sical gt 4 How Many Liters Are Connected Physical iem 1015284 KB Work with Outstanding A R Phosical Mem Allocated 59 Print Customer Invoices d Windows Virtual Mem Allocated BN 12 Post Payments to Invoices Other Options System Message Box Small Form UH Work with Associates Change Password Application Information Clock In Clock Qut DLE DDE Timeout is 30 seconds Manage Internal E mails DDE Requests are not ignored Default Record Locking is Mo Locks cro Default Open Made for Application i J it D I CiDoe l d Work with Payroll e yi posae Other Options JET db Engine is version 4 0L 8015 0 A There are currently 1 Connected to this database Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout i i Invoices to Print 16 Exit System Past Due Notices to Send 2 Orders Left over 30 days 33 Orders To Be Shipped Today 15 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 155 All Trademark
199. mum Order Amount 100 00 You may print a coupon and put it in the bue IIT o ad a td for r To off p General Ledger Category Discounts and Coupons awards ordere etore anuary i General Ledger Sub Category Coupon Discounts Put the coupon in the system so when a i Coupon Description customer walks Into your store with a Hecerved 5 off all products except medallions 4 Coupon all the employee has to do IS put Minimiunm order of 1700 00 ts required and the maximum E discount is 700 00 Offer cannot be combined with the coupon code or number Into the order other offers Coupon expires on 1 15 2004 and BizWizard will apply all rules and Excluded Products issue a discount based upon those rules TETUER For instance you may indicate that the gt MEDAL order must be 100 00 or more to be eligible for the discount or you may exclude medallions from the sale items Enter these rules into BizWizard and then your employees do not have to think about it Just put the code in and let the POS do the rest Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 173 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x As you can see this coupon indicates a 25 discount with a minimum order quantity of 100 00 the maximum discount given is 100 00 meaning that you will give 25 off up to a 100 00 credit Coupo
200. must type yes is to help prevent accidental cancellations of orders Printouts Relating to an Order Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 30 BizWizard Professional There are several printouts for an order that are available Each printout has a design and purpose You can print any of the printouts at any time even after an order is completed closed out etc To print any of the printouts simply click on the Print Forms button on the Maintain Order screen Select the printouts you want select the printer you want them to print to and click on the Print button We have printed all reports in the below screen shot as we will be discussing each printout in detail next Users Manual for Version 3 x Print Order Forms Selection Screen Form Print the Following Forms E Mail the Following Forms v Order Acknowledgement without Payment Details Order Acknowledgement with Payment Details v Order Attachment v Shipping Notification Y Packing Slip v Order Received By Signature Page v Credit Card Authorization Form v Generic Waiver of Responsibility v Customer Proof Attachment v Internal Proof Attachment Y Internal Work Order E Mail Preferences 3 m Printing Preferences Print To Printer hp officejet 6100 series B
201. n In Store Credit will be created automatically for the Amount of 2 663 30 This in store credit will automatically be applied to future invoices until the in store credit is depleted It can also be transferred as a payment on an order if necessary Maintain Payment Batch Invoices Date 2 19 2004 Payment Method check v Customer Eten ie Search Payment Amount 10 000 00 0 Un Applied 2 563 30 Check 4579814 0000000 Bank Name WelsFargoBank 0000000000000 Credit Card Number PO Expiration Date 0 Invoices to Apply Payments to Applied Invoice Payment Amount 2378887 52 80 2003700039 7 203 30 After clicking on done in the above example you will get the following message which is to let you know how much will be issued as an in store credit when the batch is closed System Message Box Medium Form 2663 3 of this check has not been applied to invoices A Credit will be issued to this customers account in this amount and will automatically be applied to future invoices Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 101 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Closing the Payment Batch You do not have to close a payment batch A payment batch remains open until you close it You cannot close it until the Expected Batch Total is equal to the Act
202. n Page 124 System Setup Determines who is allowed to manage the general system setup settings See General System Setup Settings on Page 157 Holiday Blackouts Identifies who is allowed to manage holiday blackout schedules see Holiday Vacation Blackout Dates on Page 171 Product Management Specifies who is allowed to add new products change product pricing remove products and general product setup see Products Offered on Page 167 Marketing Codes Determines who is allowed to setup marketing codes for use in the order system Marketing codes are discussed further in a later section of this manual see Marketing Codes 172 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 132 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Coupons and Discounts Determines who is allowed to setup discounts and coupons in the system used to discount orders based upon coupon marketing techniques see Coupons Discount Codes on Page 173 Country Management Specifies who is allowed to add remove countries BizWizard system actually supports international shipments however the system does not actually support the use of this features This is reserved for later enhancements Payment Methods Determines who is allowed to setup and manage the various payment methods accepted by your company see Payment Methods on Page
203. n below which is the example completely entered Company name ABC 123 Corporation Attention Line Accounts Payable Billing address line one 254984 North Winged Way Billing address line two ouite 5498 Zip code 02536 Phone number 425 656 8987 Fax number 542 522 3532 Shipping Method UPS Ground Shipping Address Type Commercial Address Now let s click on the button that has an arrow pointing to the shipping address to copy the billing address over to the shipping address This saves time in entry Now we have entered the demographics details for a customer See the following example Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 54 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain Customer Name ABC 1 23 Corporation ine Accounts Payable Billing Address Shipping Address Method UPS Ground M Address Type Commercial Address Customer Shipper FO 254984 North Winged Way 254984 North Winged Wap Sute5498 An Esla MA RE Y EmiFimuh MA Do Not Invoice Customer l Customer Details Invoices Comments Contacts Orders Balance Aging Purchase Order Minimum Billing In Store Credits Main Voice Telephone tt 425 556 0987 Tax Exempt Main Fax Telephone 542 522 3532 Tax Exemption Number z Payment Terms Net Due in 30 Days Credit Limit 500 00
204. n expires on 1 15 2004 The Coupon Description is made available to employees when they enter the coupon so they will Know what the coupon discount is in case a question is asked of the customer as to why they didn t get the discount on the 250 medallions they ordered along with the 500 trophies Country Management This is where you manage the countries that are used in BizWizard system As of this version you do not have the ability to specify countries as part of the billing and shipping addresses as such this function is available but not in use Payment Methods Payment Methods are what types of payments you accept Such as Visa MasterCard American Express Discover Cash Checks Money Orders Cashiers checks etc It is important to classify the payment method into one of four categories using the checkbox This is to tell BizWizard system what kind of information to ask for based upon what type of payment it is A Credit Card Check Cashiers Check or Cash So for each payment method be sure you indicate to BizWizard what type of method it closely resembles You will want to also specify the General Ledger Category and sub category so payments of a particular method type will be categorized on general ledger reports see Printing Maintain Payment Method Payment Method Description American Express Income IV Credit Card Check Cash Cashiers Check Carte Blanche rca zl E Credit Card Check
205. n the Envelope Wrong Kind of Envelope The envelope shown on the left can be printed with your company s return address for as cheap as buying the windowed envelopes shown on the right Because the cost of single windowed envelopes are just as cheap as dual windowed envelopes even with the envelope personalized we chose to make the invoices work with this type of envelope thus giving you more flexibility in the return address printing process as some company may prefer to have a more graphical address shown as the return address Printing Invoices Let s print some invoices In our example database we have entered several orders marked them complete and this caused an automatic invoicing of the order because they have been direct billed As a result you may not be able to follow along with your database as you may not have any direct billed customers yet But that is ok the process for invoice printing is very simple From the Accounting Section of the Main Menu System select the option that says Print Customer Invoices This will result in the following screen to appear Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 93 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Print Customer Invoices Form Print E Mail Invoices Mark Invoices Billed Unbilled Customer Invoices Print E Mail Invoice Cust
206. nal E mail System The internal e mail system is a great way to communicate things to other employees in the organization Just a note of enhancement future releases will have the ability to send and receive e mails across the internet as well but for now BizWizard only supports internal e mail communications Each associate has e mail capabilities Whenever you create a new associate see Adding a New Associate on Page 125 an e mail inbox outbox and trashbox is setup for the new user and they are immediately able to send and receive internal e mails Sending a New E Mail Message From the Associate System Section of the Main Menu click on Manage Internal E mails This will bring you into the e mail system as shown below Ii Point of Sale Customer Information System Main System Menu Form MEE Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System e din M David Matney Work with Associate E mails Form d jw 14 j 11 Work with Orders Print Work Order Sumr Other Options Order bel aintain E r Work with Customers Purchase Onder H nibs New Message Edi Display Message Delete Tiara Inventory that Needs New Message Edit Display Message Delete Transfer Other Options D Status Who Subject Work with Outstanding Print Customer Invoice Post Payments to Inva Other Options 3 Work with Associates Change Passw
207. nces you do not need to add a new timesheet because BizWizard will automatically create one if there isn t one This happens when the employee clocks in and there is no open timesheet But there may be instances where you need to create one so the system allows you to do this Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 127 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Let s maintain an associate timesheet by doing the following from the Work with Associates Screen Maintain the Associate For our example we will maintain Jennifer Sherman s employee record When the employees record is shown click on the Timesheet Payroll tab resulting in a screen similar to the following Maintain Associate Associate Name Jennifer Sherman Password woeihdk TETTE Active Demographics Timesheet Payroll Security Payroll Details Add New j Ww Exemption 1 m y Status Check 1t Paid Date Paid w Dollars 50 00 Closed 2fb 2004 Closed 1 30 2004 Pay Status Hourly m Closed 1 23 2004 Hourly Rate 1 8 50 Closed 1 16 2004 Yearly Salary 38 480 00 le Closed 1 16 2004 Closed 1 9 2004 Closed 12 31 2003 Closed 12 23 2003 Closed 12 23 2003 Cincead 13 19 9009 zi JH sS sS E E E EE From this screen in the left hand list click on the Add New button which will result in the follow
208. nd Print the Purchase order you will be presented with the following screen which will allow you to determine whether you want to print the purchase order with the pricing information or without oimply accept the Default value of printing the Purchase order without pricing or change it to print pricing details the choice is yours Print Vendor Purchase Order Setup Form Options Do Not Print Pricing Information on PO Associated Order Line Items When you are working with a Purchase order you can always see which order line items that purchase order line was Print To Printer hp officejet 6100 series associated with For Instance if order 54875 ordered 50 A5847 product code and another order ordered 100 A5847 then the order lines will be combined on the purchase order to reflect ordering 150 of Item A5847 So you may want to view which orders that particular purchase order line item is associated with C Print Pricing Information on PO Printing Preferences On the Maintain Purchase Order Screen select the product by left clicking on the 52 items for item A5847 then click on the Display Associated Order Line Items button This will present the following screen Display Order Line Items for Purchase Order Line Item Order Humber Quantity Desnption Unit Price Extended Price 10002 B Acrylic Award 48 600 42 430 000 What you are looking at is the actual order line item that is related
209. nd Settings David Matney My Documents Work with Payroll Open file CAPOSCIS apascis programs mde Other Options JET de Engine is version 4 0 8015 0 RunTime Open Database System Setup Management Y i Invoices to Print 16 Exit System Past Due Notices to Send 2 Orders Left over 30 days 33 Orders To Be Shipped Today ci POSTIS Users Manual P Untitled Notepad E Point of Sale Custom As you can see from this screen it provides details about your license what version of software you are using your company name license key unlock code expiration date of the license how many users are licensed and what the highest version level you are licensed to use Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 154 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Notice in the example above the company name is in red text This is because any license information that is invalid will display in red Any license information that does not validate will cause the Unlicensed Software text to appear on ALL printouts as a watermark The only difference between the demo version and the licensed version is whether you have a license or not The demo version is converted to a licensed version once a license is paid for We will discuss licensing how it works in a later chapter see How Licensing Works on Page 180 H
210. ne orders internet orders etc Let s add a shipping address to the order we just finished working on From the Work with Orders screen left click on the record selector next to Janice Jamison s order This selects that order as the one that the maintain button will be applied to Now click on the Maintain button This will bring the order back to your screen and you will now be at the Maintain Order screen once again Maintain Order Shipping Details Form E In the bottom right hand corner of the Maintain Shipping Charge A Order screen you will see Order Totals calculated with descriptions next to the order totals One of the descriptions says Shipping Handling left click on this text to bring up the Maintain Order Shipping Details Screen View All Shipping Rates For This Order You can also access this same screen from the bottom left of the Maintain Order screen by clicking on the text that says Shipping Information in the Additional Order Options box Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 12 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x By default the shipping method is Pickup Will Call Shipping methods are customizable and you will learn how to customize these later in the system see Shipping Methods on Page 175 BizWizard comes with some shi
211. nited States Army Reserves 20128 Open 3 18 2003 8 25 00 PM Manage Internal E mails L Cup Trophies Work with Payroll Other Options tions Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout rid To be Comple eaten 200000 Estimated Pick Up Invoices to Print 1 E n n E E Past Due Notices Eo Send z P Orders Left over 30 days l o 9 D i o u a 7 Orders To Be Shipped Today E 6 The same features and functionality are available for estimated pickups This is represented based upon the date scheduled for the customer pickup how many customers you can expect will be coming in on that day to pickup their orders Now we all know that NOT EVERYONE picks up their orders when you have it scheduled but this at least gives you an idea The same is available for Invoices Ready to be Printed Past Due Notices to be sent Orders Left over 30 Days and Orders to be Shipped Today You can click on each of these options to work with the invoices past due notices print letters to customers with orders over 30 days old etc Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 178 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x System Synchronizer The System Synchronizer you learned about a little earlier see Company Information Tab on Page 157 Let s go over specifica
212. ns Diver Ogl por Add Tapat Onder Hews Dedesi Hardan Custi we ahs Please Select and iptlan fr m the below ee ANO Work with ustamer wea 5 dan Work with General Ledger Category X CMS Wurk w m Dese LES i Work with vendors aie Urder H Inventory Lak Meeli Category Marmer Uther Optio Maintain General Ledger Category Print nura qu ger bumraracaton Accountir Work will t c ge ate pese Print Cusbar Post Payme Name Other kin Sub Cariri Work with Aa wub Labeqory Name mud F Corporate Plaques Clock Inthe Flare Inl Ereyraving Taxable Trophies Logos Uter Clin wt Delivery i LA Li Open atah Miter Terms Tasuvhle System Set Alumil PCER Setups Hon Taxable Logout Esil Systemi bn Print m w m Fast Due Notices to Send Orders Lidl err HO hays i n f Orders To De Shipped Today From here we can add a new sub category change the name of the main category as well as maintain sub categories We are going to maintain the plates sub category by selecting the record selector next to the Plates sub category and then click on the Maintain button This will bring us to the screen shown below Planes Riblparas i Pe TM Lus tua Infarmation System Main System Menu Form pie c Options mm Sytem Customer stem Purchasnallreenbory System amp ooounbineg System Ainda System payne
213. nswer quickly remember hearing about a customer that threw an employee for a loop They had every marketing code imaginable in BizWizard system or so they thought When they asked the infamous question the reply was OnStar Very interesting indeed No Marketing Code for OnStar but yes the customer was driving down the road pressed their OnStar button and asked for directions to the nearest trophy store OnStar gave them directions to the trophy shop in question The following is an example of marketing code entry Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 172 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System d In ML David Matney lime Thursday Feb 12 2004 11 20 47 AM Order Systen i Dial Tonies erue n dio MD EE 8 Work with Orders Work with Marketing Codes Print Work Order Summarizatia Other Options And Marketing Code Marketing Description TELEBOOK Telephone Book Work with Customers _ E REPEAT Repeat Customer Work with endors E WORDMTH Word of Mouth Inventory that Needs Ordering i Other Options DRIVEBY zip Code Telephone 12870 945 885 4478 1103 B 5 448 5538 PCCOLIYEITMC 2006 484 558 3985 Work with Outstanding A R 28
214. nting to purchase products from you For instance if a customer does 50 000 worth of business with you each year and they are past due on 100 00 you may want to re consider a cutting off credit lines This screen helps you make such decisions by telling you about this customer s spending habits opending analysis will help you make this decision By the same token a customer who does about 100 00 worth of business each year and is 60 days past due on payment you may wish to cut their billing privileges knowing you might loose a customer but you also know that the loss is a VERY small one Spending analysis will help you make these decisions Display Customer Spending Analysis Form The Customer Spending Analysis Calculates how much money the customer has spent within each given time period The calculation is base upon the current system date and calculations are calculated backwards Each Category of time includes the lower category amounts For instance spending in the last 6 months includes the dollar amounts reported for 80 days 60 days and 30 days The reverse is not true Spending in the last 30 days includes only the last 30 days Amount Spent in last Month Amount Spent in last 2 Months Amount Spent in last 3 Months Amount Spent in last 6 Months Amount Spent in last Year Amount Spent for All Time Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Mar
215. ntioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Click on the Done button to return to the Order Payments screen You should now see the cash payment applied to the order Let s add another payment except this time we will add a Visa Credit Card payment as follows Card number 4444555566667777 Exp date 07 05 Approval code 989745 Amount 32 00 After you have added the payment the Order Payments screen will now look as follows Maintain Order Payments Form Coupans Taotals Delete Payment Display Payment Payment Method Date Payment Details Payment Amount Cash 8 5 2003 95 00 Visa 8 5 2003 Card dt 4444555566667777 Exp 07 05 32 00 Again there is no limit on the number of payments that may be applied to an order Click on the Done button to return to the Maintain Order screen In the bottom right corner you will now see the order calculations have changed to incorporate the two payments we just applied and thus the customer only owes a balance of 94 20 when they pick up their order See the following example Maintain Order 10001 Open Order Description TT Pickup Ship By 8 8 2003 Bomm Company Name U Scheduled 878 2003 Bio pm Contact Name weet anice Jamison 0000000000000 Marketing Code Word of Mouth Billing Address 15478 North Main Street Sute 360 a OT eee
216. ny of the mail folders The only exception to this rule is if you delete an e mail from the trashbox Deleting a message from the trashbox actually removes it from the system completely It will be unrecoverable even by our developers because it actually removes the data from the database in its entirety From the Work with E mails screen we are looking at the Trashbox which has our e mail message in it If click on the Delete Button will be given a confirmation dialog to ensure really want to delete the e mail See the example below Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System B dIn Jennifer Sherman Work with Associate E mails Form v I i ii Work with Orders Print Work Order Sum Other Options p Order Maintain em Work with Customers Work with endors Purchase Onder H Inventory that Needs Edt Display Message Other Options who Subject 2 12 2004 45941 4HM M Dad Matney Please Followup With Customer Work with Outstanding S Print Customer Invoice Confirm Deletion of E mail Post Payments to Inva Other Options P X Are you sure you want bo Delebe this E mail Work with Associates Ves Change Password Clock In Clock Out Manage Internal E mail Work with Payroll Other Options Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout i da B TICK
217. o Print Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 19 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x This will bring you the Work with Vendors Screen whereby you can view current vendors already setup and add new vendors We will start by adding a new vendor Adding a New Vendor Click on the Add New button at the top right of the Work with Vendors section of the screen This will bring up the following Maintain Vendor Screen Maintain Vendor Vendor Account 54987 Vendor Name Trophies Plaques and Other Supplies Address 5548 North Miami Drive Main Phone 415 589 6595 Building 45 Toll Free Phone 800 459 5562 San Diego CA 94578 Fax Phone 415 523 5525 Web Site Address http w trophiesplaquessupplies com lagin Web Site User ID mpuser Web Site Password mypass Status PO Number Date Created P O Total Shipping Method The Bottom portion of the screen represents purchase orders for this vendor In our scenario currently we do not have any purchase orders We have just added a new vendor so there are no purchase orders as of yet The web site address user id and password are simply for your references Many vendors provide an online location whereby you can place product orders online This allows you to specify the location of their web site address a
218. o do this with external accounting packages 4 BizWizard defaults orders from customer information If customer information was kept in a separate database such as an accounting package you could not do this 5 BizWizard has the ability to track spending analysis on open orders as well as internal billing items With External accounting packages you would not be able to this The reasons can go on an on however just the above five are sufficient to warrant the answer to this question Anytime you can tightly integrate a system you are better off Otherwise you have some information stored here that same duplicate information stored there and this means duplication of entry whenever an update has to occur This is just not a good system design to start spreading things around BizWizard tightly integrates your customer information to prevent these kinds of issues So let BizWizard do the work for you That s what it is designed to Let QuickBooks or Peachtree manage your accounting general ledger or better yet we recommend using Quicken or Microsoft Money Since you don t need to do any invoicing because you have BizWizard Quicken is just as feasible as it has all the necessary profit amp loss reports transaction reports tax reports etc And it costs a lot less then QuickBooks or Peachtree Work with Customers and Customer searches The Work with Customers screen works very similar to the Work with Orders screen You w
219. od employee friendly as much as possible and thus there is a lot of validation to prevent employees from entering incorrect information into the system Why all the cartoons Let s just say David has a sense of humor Cartoons don t take away from the functionality of the system Rather it removes the boredom of any computer system People like to use fun stuff Think back to the early days of computers everything was black screen with white or green text No graphics no icons nothing fun GUI graphical user interface was invented to make things simpler and yes more fun So enjoy the cartoons for what it was intended To be fun yet keep the functionality of the business application it was designed for The intimidation feeling you may feel is simply because BizWizard system does a lot for you Hemember it was designed to automate things you used to do yourself thus freeing you up to put your attentions on the needed tasks of marketing and managing your business We tried to incorporate all the automation of large corporate systems in a small scale system by balancing features to ensure its ease of use without sacrificing functionality After all it s not everyday that you Will get the opportunity to have a half million dollars system made available to you for the price you paid for this system When you first started using BizWizard system it came with some default products already set up In this manual we will be making use of tho
220. of Sale Custom zy POSCIS Users Manual mJ m E 9 24 PM Select the printer you want to print to or accept the default printer which is defined in your windows operating system as the default printer Then click on Print The following is an example report printout There are 3 pages total that will print The first page is a simple summarization which is similar to the summarization screen shot shown previously The a page has breakdowns of sales tax in a grid that report sales tax by tax basis Later we will learn how to some setup tax basis records see Sales Tax Setup Tab on Page 163 A brief explanation here A tax basis is used to group sales tax and set sales tax rates Some state tax boards require you to collect sales tax at the sales tax rate charged for your place of business only In this case you have one sales tax basis However other states require you to charge and report sales tax based upon location of the customer For instance a customer is in a neighboring city that has an 8 25 sales tax and the sales tax in your city is 7 75 The Sales tax basis indicates to the system what percentage to charge for a particular customer based upon the customer s zip code The tax basis then breaks down and reports by the tax basis charged and percentage set Each tax basis is broken down further by how much of the percentage charges were state sales tax county sales tax city sales tax etc It also shows for each tax basis how muc
221. of those two invoices is 347 67 and the customer has one order already in the system that is being direct billed in the amount of 12 59 then BizWizard will only allow a new order that is less than 139 74 for the order total If the new order being entered will put the customer over the credit limit then an error will be displayed which will alert you that the customer has exceeded their credit limit and thus you will need to collect payment or partial payment or increase their credit limit to accommodate the billing Depending upon your security a manager may be required to increase the credit limit You will learn more about security in a later chapter see Associate Security Settings on Page 130 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 57 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Invoicing Options BizWizard system has the ability to invoice your customers via a printed invoice that you stuff into a windowed envelope and put a stamp on or via e mail If you want to invoice via e mail you must have the following setup Maintain Customer 16234 P Doe 1 Must have a ee Billing Address Shipping Address connection to the Internet This can be a DSL connection Cable Connection or a Method Pickup X Address Type Commercial Address _ Customer Shipper tt PO 2123 North Alabast
222. oices since we have a small test database we are demonstrating in this guide In real application all of your invoices will be visible here The search field at the top allows you to search for check numbers invoice numbers purchase order numbers etc to display all invoices in all history that match the search criterion From here you can view the invoice by clicking on the appropriate record selector and then clicking on the Invoice button at the top of the screen You can also view the customer that is linked or associated with that invoice by clicking on the appropriate record selector and clicking on the customer button Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 104 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x This is just a simple way to find an invoice when you don t know who the invoice belongs to or maybe you only have a piece of information such as a check number or a purchase order number There are many uses for this screen Look at it as a tool to search the invoices in the system General Ledger Categories and Subcategories General Ledger categories and subcategories are designed to categorize the sales payments discounts etc that are utilized throughout the system You will learn later how to add new products to the system see Products Offered on Page 167 and when you add new produ
223. omer Name Invoice Inyoice 200378887 Eleven 00378008 Bing Bang Blue Bells 200378889 Eleven 200378690 Big B s Motor Racing 200378891 Desmond Interior Design 003788392 Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Invoice Customer Invoice Customer Invoice Customer Invoice Customer Invoice Customer Drevin Ais mier gt s 4 I x Past Due Customer Invoices Print Invoice Customer Name Invoice As you can see from the above example you have a list of invoices Note that these invoices have not been billed meaning you have not printed them stuff them in envelopes and mailed them From here you can click on the Invoice button next to an invoice to view the invoice or click on the Customer button to view the customer If the customer was setup to have their invoices e mailed to them then the e mail checkbox will have defaulted Otherwise the Print Invoice Box will be defaulted At this point the process is simple Click on the Print E Mail Invoices button This will bring up the following window xl BE 7 a air a i i ISLOTE LNIWOILES D E Mark Invoices Billed Print Customer Invoices Setup Form Unbilled Custome ns Invoice H Print Ehe Following Invoices A 200378887 b Customer 200370008 v Mew Invoices Unbilled Late Notice Invoices EA 200378889 ts JE Customer 200378890 TB Customer 200378881 Customer Cushomer 200378852 p Printing P
224. omised Order Status Order Status 8 21 2003 Open Janice Jamison orders whereby stock has not been pulled A use for this is your employees may be busy helping customers on the counter but at 3 00 things slow down They can go to this screen and view all the orders they have taken and then go pull the items out of inventory on your shelves that are necessary to complete this order Once they have pulled the items they can maintain the order from here and mark the orders stock pulled and the location in the incoming bins they put the inventory Printing Orders Ready for Pickup Not Picked Up This printout is the second option on the order options menu under the order system section of the main menu This allows you to see a listing of orders that are on your shelves whereby customers have not picked up their orders or at least the computer says they are not picked up You may find that no matter how hard you try to keep orders marked picked up a few may get missed here and there This is a good report to run to match up what the computer says to what is actually on your shelves The next page is a sample of the report Again only one item is in the report as we only have one order in the system as this time Notice the bin number Simply find the location of B 12 and see if the order in B 12 is this order If not go mark the order picked up so the computer matches what is on the shelf Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio
225. ood Product El General Acrylic Award 3 High 344 Thick Basketball Trophy 13 High Badges 612 Sport Plaque 6 12 Sport Plaque Discount Non T axable Discount Taxable Blue Horizon Dome Acrylic 4 x 5 1 Blue Horizon Dome Acrylic 4 x B x 1 Blue Horizon Chisel Acrylic 3 x 8 1 2 x 1 1 2 LI LI LI LI LI LI LI LI Ll LE Li We are going to add a new product to BizWizard Click on the Add New Button which will bring you to the next screen Maintain Product Notice have completed this screen aint oduct Deta Just a few notes about some of the values on this screen First of all the Status Active Item Name is a short description This ira rints on order recei ts The Item Item Name 24 Round Concave Glass Award p E pe f ltem Description A Description is designed to give you y and or your employees an idea of the Award Classification Glass description of the item For instance if General Ledger Product Sales z this product was a trophy you might iani 7 describe in the Item Description the Base Unit Price 1548 32 Taxable Item Product Cost 225 00 Iw Track Inventory various components used to build the trophy What size rod what color of Attributes Waiver Form Setup Inventory Details base what type of column etc etc Attribute Name Required Glass Color Iv Award Classifications allow yOU to d Engrave on Front or Back of Glass Iv classif
226. or Version 3 x Manage Accounts Receivable Determines who is allowed to work with Accounts Receivable functions such as viewing outstanding A R see Outstanding Accounts Receivable on Page 91 Manage Invoices Determines who is allowed to manage invoices do invoice lookups print invoices and past due notices See Printing Customer Invoices on Page 93 Post Payments to Invoices Determines who is allowed to post payments to invoices using the check batch system See Posting Payments to Invoices on Page 97 Daily Receipts Determines who is allowed to print the daily receipts report which indicates all monies and direct billings that have been taken in during a specified time period see Daily Receipts Reporting on Page 115 Register Reconciliation Determines who is allowed to print register reports indicating the receipts take in on a single day This report is designed to help reconcile the cash drawer see Register Reconciliation on Page 116 Sales Tax Information Determines who is allowed to print the Sales Tax reports see Sales Tax Summarization on Page 108 Marketing Analysis Determines who is allowed to print marketing analysis reports which provide details on sales quantities of sales and total dollars sold see Marketing Analysis Reporting on Page 116 Manage Associates Indicates who is allowed to manage other associates in the system setting up new employees setting up payroll see Associate Subsystem o
227. ord Clock In Clock Out Manage Internal E mail Work with Payroll Other Options Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout Invoices to Print i Past Due Notices to Send Exit System mu E ELA BBHEE l 4 amp 1 B A Orders Lett over 30 days Orders To Be Shipped Today lll Port of Sale Custom A Corel PHOTO PAINT 11 al POSCIS Users Manual As you can see there are no e mails currently for my user name however am going to send an e mail to Jennifer will click on the New Message Button which brings me to the following screen Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 137 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain E mail Message Form Cancel E Mail Queue Re Queue Message Done Recipients Jennifer Sherman Select Notify When E Mail Read E Mail Subject Please Followup With Customer E Mail Body lack John Called and wanted to know about the pricing on the 10 1 2 by 13 Plaques he ordered last year He wants to duplicate it this year except he wants to change which woods he used Last year he ordered veneer plaques and this year he wants to use a solid walnut He needs to know the new pricing and since vou provided special pricing last year he wants you to call him with new pric
228. order lines add order lines etc that will cause a balance to be due then you will get the auto billing message again At this time click on the Done button to close the order Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 68 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Direct Billing an Order to a Customer You can also take an order from the Maintain Order screen and still default it from a customer This is done as follows Starting on the Work with Orders screen click on the Add New button to begin the process of adding a new order Once you are on the Maintain Order screen with an empty order click on the text in the bottom left corner that says Direct Billing Details This will bring up the following screen which shows who are being billed currently Maintain Order Direct Billing Details Form Change Reset to COD From Here click on the Change button to change who is being direct billed This will bring up the following screen Select Customer To Direct Bill Customer E Search Add Maintain Customer Contact E Add Contact Default From Customer Overwrite what is already set on Order Direct Bill to Customer WARNING By defaulting this order from the customer indicated the billing information shipping information purchase order numbe
229. ormation Also whether the shipping method requires the customer s shipper number used in cases whereby the customer requests you to ship the products to them using their shipper number Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 175 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x The Shipping charges are percentage based And there is a minimum shipping charge So provide what percentage you wish to charge for shipping and then provide a residential shipping modifier that relates to what additional dollars you wish to charge for shipments that are to a residential shipping address Product Classifications Product Classifications EH Product Classifications or Award Classifications as Dascitptien ici ary e they are sometimes referred are where you define pas M what classifications of products require how much time Thy 3 aps Corporate Pague 10 to complete such a product These classifications tell E the system how much time to report when you use the workload feature during order scheduling see Order Scheduling on Page 5 These values are multiplied by the quantities for all orders for products that are part of this classification and thus giving you the snapshot of the workload for the day Enter the description of the classification and also the estimated number of person minutes or
230. ormation Requested Below and Fax or mail to MDWA Solutions 606 West Chapman Avenue Placentia CA 92870 Fax 714 242 1810 Licensee Information Company Name MDWA Solutions Contact Name M David Matney Address 1075 North Hills Blvd Suite 360 426 City State Zip Reno NV 89506 Phone Number 714 507 2412 Fax Number 714 242 1810 E Mail Address sales mdwasolutions com eese Key 6017D CE1E 53 BCE F4EFC ECEC E7 DAD CE7D7 D4CF 47 D7D 4CCED 36A Pay ment Information pa Please Charge My Credit Card to Pay for 4 Month at 84 00 Month Total Charge 84 00 have Enclosed a Check for Lx 3 Months at 74 00 Month Total Charge 222 00 6 Months at 64 00 Month Total Charge 384 00 12Months at 54 00 Month Total Charge 648 00 a No Expiration 90 Day Support License 1290 00 Credit Card Number Exp Date Name on Card Billing Address Billing City State Zip have read and agree tothe Licensing Agreement dated February 3 2003 and is incorporated by reference herein am also Authorizing payment of my time on the POS CIS license as indicated above and in accordance with the licensing agreement Signature Date Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 183 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Complete the above form sign the form and fa
231. ort Order of Work with Orders Screen oooooncccnncccccccnoncconnnccnnnnnonnnonnnnnnonanononos 45 Searching tor Ordes ass it dedicada 45 Daily Snapshot Order Filters tia dial 46 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Advanced Order Subsystem Features 47 Printing Work Order Summarizations 11 leeeee eee LL eeeeeee ree eene nennen nena anna 47 Working With Orders with Un pulled Stock cccceeeeeeeee eere 49 Printing Orders Ready for Pickup Not Picked Ubp 49 Print Orders Where Stock Has Not Been Pulled 2 sees 51 Mailing to Customers That Have Not Picked Up Orders 52 Customers US Misc ociosas 53 Adding a New CUSIOTIIBE iaa Al li 53 Customer Demographics to ll adi 54 TAC EX CMON usamos idet axtotepesic a iS summ icu a intet ai a into UE da battute 56 Auto Billing ESAS yin alba ico 56 Minimum Direct BI OVeltide oie 56 redit Es ERR RM T C c 57 MVOC ODINS S em treme cei neon eget ne RS 58 Customer GO NIE ES t om 58 Blanket Purchase Orders arse neeaae i a a a a Makara ees 59 Require Purchase Orders anre ehe eoi ni reedhDexie eade decl e nsa edu usb or RUSBS 60 Advanced Customer SeHlligs e Non UedPE 60 Customer Commen
232. ou want to close the batch or not Select the Yes Post Payments and Close Batch option and then click the Done Button Close Payment Batch Setup Form Batch Status Open Date 2 19 2004 Expected Batch Total 800 00 saat Batch 750 Actual Batch Total 800 00 Close Payment Batch Yes Post Payments and Close Batch Add Maintain e 2 Pii M re Mo Save Batch but Do not Close it Payment Amount 7 Eleven ells Fargo Bar 500 00 _ Bing Bang Blue Bells lls Fargo bank 102 36 E Pacific Telephone and Telegrapl k of America 197 64 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 102 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x This will bring you back to the Work with Payment Batch Screen and now we have one payment batch in the list as shown below Work with Payment Batch Date Batch Batch Status Expected Batch Total Actual Batch Total g 2 19 2004 Closed 800 00 800 00 At this point all payments have been posted to invoices and any in store credits if any have been generated You are done posting payments Other Accounting Functions BizWizard is not designed to be an accounting package however there are some accounting functions available Most of the accounting functions revolved around accounts receivable actions simply because BizWizard does have accounts receivable b
233. ough by reading this example Customer presents a coupon to you On the Maintain Order screen click on the Coupon Discount text in the lower right hand corner of the screen where the order totals summarization is found This will bring up the coupon screen On the coupon screen enter the coupon code and let the computer do the rest The following example shows a coupon code entered and the discounts applied in the order totals You will Notice that Display Order Totals Form the coupon discount given is 33 18 io c Coupon Code 1549062 Order Total 221 20 this IS calculated Discount 33 18 15 off of der 50 00 DE Expi 8 22 2003 from the order total min Discount ce 100 00 Not valid in platessa with any After Discount Sub T otal 188 02 and sales tax is os calculated after discounts are applied Click on Done to CARBS cho tea LS finish with the coupon entry and calculation screen and then click Done on the Maintain Order screen You should now be back at the Work with Orders screen Sales Tax 0 00 New Sub T otal 188 02 Y Shipping H andling 0 00 _ 4 Final Total 188 02 Less Total Payments 127 00 Balance Due on rder 61 02 Deposit Requirements and Resets BizWizard system allows you to specify deposit requirements For instance you may want to ensure your employees collect a 5096 deposit on all orders if the order total i
234. ow many Users are Connected to the Database From the About BizWizard System screen you can show how many users are connected to the database User counts are important if you have paid for a license that has a limit on the number of users As of this writing we are not limiting the number of users however this is built into BizWizard in case we decide to place a limit in the future Rest assured if we do start to limit the number of users current customers using BizWizard system will be grandfathered as unlimited users We will not impose a limit on those customers whereby the system was offered as unlimited or technically limited to 200 users Click on the Button that says How many Users are Connected This will display the following dialog which will tell you how many computers users in your place of business are using BizWizard system concurrently Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System B d In ML David Matney lime Thursday Feb 12 2004 07 18 22 AM e Time Thursday Feb 12 2004 07 18 31 AM O EL E i Work with Orders Print Work Order Summarization Other Options Title Version Point of SalefCustemer Information System FULL Version 2 3 6 Revision Date 1 16 2004 3 TTE Program Location CUPOSCISlaposcis programs mde Work with Customers Database Location C APOSCIS ALLSTAR TABLES aposcis bables mdb Co
235. paper edge touches the top black mine in the middle of the black line you should be able to see the black line through the paper Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 96 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x 3 Now fold the top edge over the backside so that basically you have an invoice that shows as follows MDWA Solutions Invoice 74587 North Main Street North San Diego CA 98745 Main 714 589 4545 Fax 714 565 4441 Account 14175 Invoice 2003 8887 7 Eleven Date Billed 2 3 2004 Attn Accounts Payable Date Due 2 3 2004 9741 Oro Vista Street Suite 105B Payment Terms Net Due in 10 Days Placentia CA 92870 Ordered By Gene Miller PO Number Put this in the Windowed Envelope and the Address will show up in the Window Posting Payments to Invoices The process of posting payments may seem a bit convoluted however once you have posted payments whereby a single company has paid several invoices on a single check you will quickly appreciate the way we designed the payment posting process Payments given to you at the time an order is taken or paid for not invoiced are applied to the order The only time this process we are about to go through ever gets used is when you are posting a payment to an invoice with a balance due You never post payments to open or completed orders
236. ped Today Receiving Purchase Orders into Inventory From the work with finalized purchase orders select the purchase order you are receiving from the list In our case we only have one purchase order that needs to be received as we only have one finalized purchase order Click on the Receive ltems Purchased Button to receive items into inventory The following is the screen that is presented to receive items purchased Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 89 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain Vendor Purchase Order Mark All Received Print Purchase Order Done Account 54987 Main Phone 415 589 6595 Status Finalized Vendor Name Trophies Plaques and Other Supplies Toll Free Phone 800 459 5562 P O Number 10001 Address 6548 North Miami Drive Fax Phone 415 523 5525 Date Created 9 20 2003 Building 45 Shipping Method JUPS Ground v Date Submitted San Diego C4 94578 Date Needed 9 20 2003 Quantity Quantity Ordered Stock Description Received Received AB504 5 x 7 Cherry Cove Plaques JD 7845 Jade Star Acrylic JD4478 Jade Horizon Acrylic ABB847 BLUE WHIRLWIND ACRYLIC T5487 OVAL WALL CLOCK Bd Special Instructions Sub T otal 374 20 Please Charge to Credit Card 4548 8959 8888 7878 Exp 02 2005 E 17 50 Final Total 391 70 You can click Mark a
237. pon information into BizWizard system see Coupons Discount Codes on Page 173 For our example have added a coupon to the system as follows Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 19 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Coupon code Minimum order amount Maximum discount Expiration date Coupon description Users Manual for Version 3 x 1549062 50 00 100 00 8 22 2003 15 off of an order 50 00 or more Coupon expires on 8 22 2003 Maximum discount provided is 100 00 not valid in conjunction with any other offer The above coupon basically means a customer must order 50 00 or more of product before 8 22 2003 If they do and provide the coupon then the system will automatically discount the order by 15 up to a maximum discount of 100 00 so the maximum discount no matter how much they spend is 100 00 You can set the coupon parameters to whatever you like any minimum any maximum any percentage any expiration date etc Be sure when you put the coupon in the media that you provide on the coupon the coupon code that is assigned by the POS system That way when a customer presents the coupon to your employees at order time the employee has the coupon code readily available without having to look it up in a book somewhere Because your system does not yet have any coupons setup just follow thr
238. pping methods already setup Normally a shipping method will calculate a shipping cost based upon a percentage of order For instance you can setup UPS ground shipping method to calculate a 6 of the order total and you can set a minimum shipping charge so if someone orders products whereby the order total x shipping percentage is 4 00 and the shipping minimum is 6 00 and then the minimum shipping charge will be imposed You can also override the calculated shipping charges on this screen at the time of order entry Each shipping method has validation associated with it For instance you can specify a shipping method requires a shipping address Then if that shipping method is selected during order entry the shipping address information will be presented on this screen and will be required Select a few shipping methods from the pull down list simply to see what happens You will notice that no calculations of shipping charges will take place This is because all shipping methods are set to 0 by default when the system Is shipped When you select a shipping method you may also see a shipping address type Some shipping providers charge a surcharge for residential addresses The pull down for shipping address type has two values possible Commercial Address and Residential Address It will default to Residential Address Once you have a shipping method and shipping address type selected you will be able to specify the
239. r tax exemption details customer name and contact details will be overwritten by the information specified on file for this customer Back Done You can select ABC 123 Corporation from the pull down list and then select Cindy Lou from the contact list If you checkmark the Direct Bill to Customer checkbox then you will also link this order to the customer and when the order is completed an invoice will be generated for the customer If you checkmark the box that says Default From Customer then the customers information from their customer record will be used to auto populate the equivalent order fields thus over writing any values that you may have already set on the order View this screen as a way to default the values on an order name address city state zip phone etc and optionally direct bill the order to the customer You can also use the Search button to search through your database to find a customer The search button brings up the following screen Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 69 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Customer Account Company Customer Name Main Voice Telephone Hn 15234 ABL 123 Corporation 425 656 6957 Searching can be done by any portion of account number any portion of company name telephone number address contact name etc
240. r which was the first order we entered Understand this is the receipt you give to the person who placed the order Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 23 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Order Acknowledgement My Company Name 5544 Anystreet Road Store Hours uc eoe Monday Through Friday 8 30am to 5 00pm Fax 888 888 8888 E Mail Order Number 10001 This Order is scheduled to be ready for pickup after the Completion Date and Time shown below You may pickup this order at our store any time after the completion date and time If the Completion Date and Time below is Union City inconvenient for you please notify us immediately so we Telephone 901 784 8889 may correct the delivery and production scheduleto ensure your needs are met 901 496 3526 Date Placed Completion Date Time Terms of Sale PO Resale Number 8 21 2003 8 21 2003 after 3 30 00 PM Balance Due Upon Pickup E OUT OF STATE Qty Stock Description Unit Price Ext Price Ta 10 TROPHY Standard Trophy 12 50 125 00 M 2 1 2 x 5 White Italian Marble Base 8 Round Blue Gold Prism Columm on Left With 5 Soccer Bicycle Kick Figure 2 Round Blue Gold on Right with 2004 Script Trim 2 PLAQUES Plaques 22 50 45 00 M 9 x 12 Cherry Cove 5 x 7 Acrylic Picture at top S iecer Plaque Mounb n bottom left
241. r place of business or leave it with the defaults already provided Invoice Setup Tab The invoice setup tab allows you to specify the bottom of invoice and bottom of late notice text that is displayed on invoices printed This is where you make this modification System Setup FICA Tax Table Additional Employee T ax Tables Intemet E Mail Setup Order Warner Text Company Information System Numbenng OrderSetup Order Status Setup Invoice Setup Sales Tax Setup Current Due Message IMPORTANT NOTICE PLEASE READ Past Due Invoices are Subject to a Late Payment Fee of 20 00 for Each Month Past Due and or 1 5 Finance Charge of the Total Balance Due for Each month an Invoice is Past Due Fast Due Message IMPORTANT NOTICE PLEASE READ Fast Due Irvoices are Subject to a Late Payment Fee of 20 00 far Each Month Past Due and or a 1 5 Finance Charge of the Total Balance Due for Each month an Invoice is Past Dua Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 162 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Sales Tax Setup Tab The Sales Tax Setup tab is where you will define to BizWizard when to charge sales tax what percentage that sales tax will be as well as when you report sales tax See the following screen System Setup FICA Tax Table Additional Employee T ax T ables Internet
242. r possession to be engraved will defend at my cost should there be a need to above company it s affiliates associates owners and employees should there be a dispute that is brought inta a court of competent jurisdiction algo ware my right to a trial by Jury Products Offered The second option on the System Setup Management menu is Products Offered This is where you will modify or add new products to BizWizard System Click on the Products Offered link on the System Setup Management menu as shown below System Setup Management Menu Form System Setup Management rom the Delos General System Setup Settings Holiday Vacation Blackout Dates Marketing Codes Coupons Discount Codes Country Management Payment Method Payment Terms Shipping Methods Product Classifications Incoming Bins Outgoing Bins Setup E Mail Templates Import Facility This will bring you to the following screen which is the Work with Products Screen By default it shows all the products currently setup in BizWizard and has a search field that works like the other search fields in the system Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 167 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Work With Customer Products coc MENENENNEEEEEEEEEEEEEEN Product ltem Name Track Inventory 1234557830 Test G
243. ral Reporting of Sales There is no Accounts Payable or True General Ledger We recommend an application such as QuickBooks Quicken Peachtree or other Accounting Package The easiest and least expensive software program we recommend using is Quicken Basic which will have everything most businesses will require in the way of Accounting for Payables Check Writing Profit and Loss statements etc Outstanding Accounts Receivable At any given moment you may wish to view your accounts receivables The accounts receivable report by default provides receivables details on invoices that are past due and current due It is a snapshot of what is owed to you as far as invoices are concerned Open orders DO NOT report in the accounts receivable system as of current Future enhancements to BizWizard may include open orders Right now it is just for money that is owed to you not money that is in flux due to the way open orders can change Probably one of the most calculation intensive portions of BizWizard system is the accounts receivable online display This is because this screen is doing a lot of historical calculations As your invoice history grows the slower it may take to pull up the screen So be patient With about 10 000 invoices it may take about 1 minute for all the calculations to complete and the screen to be displayed For about 20 000 invoices figure about 1 minute 45 seconds etc etc The speed at which it displays is also dependen
244. rder Cancel Invoice Reset Deposit Duplicate Trigger Event Toggle Status Send E Mail Print Order 10002 us Open Order Description Company Name Kramer Hologram Publishers Contact Name ohn Jackson Billing Address E Order Not complete Suite 4875 Depa Order Not Completed If you cancel this order now it will be deleted From the system Type yes to confirm that you would like to cancel this order Delete Order Line Quantity Stock Item Name PLAQUES Plaques Additional Order Options Shipping Information Order Comments Direct Billing Details Purchase Order Details Order Payment Details Misc Labor Charges Order Statistics Zoom Order Totals Unit Price Pickup Ship By 5 25 2005 SORA Scheduled 9 25 2003 SUM word of Mouth Y Marketing Code Add Order Line Change Order Line Misc Labor Extended Price Tax Order Total 91 60 Sales Tax 7 10 Shipping Handling 0 00 Coupon Discounts 0 00 Less Total Payments 0 00 Balance Due 98 70 You can cancel a quote and an order that has no payments applied that is in an open status To cancel an order simply click on the Cancel button on the Maintain Order screen in the top left of the screen When you do click on Cancel button you will be presented with a confirmation screen as shown to the left You must type yes to proceed with the cancellations The reason you
245. rder Quantity Vendor Item Code Description gt 105 Dealers ward Service T8745 oval Wall Clock Ordered LJ Received L Quantity Received 0 B ii Re Ordered Received L Quantity Received 0 Click on Done to close this screen and click on Next on the Add Order Line Item Screen to complete the order line item On the Maintain Order Screen checkmark the Stock Location checkbox and change the location to On Order Then click Done to close the order down If you get any errors such as Pickup Date not valid etc resolve those errors DO NOT CANCEL the order because we need this order active in the next step Now you just entered a new order from a customer and enter that order in BizWizard Then you ordered any stock that was necessary to complete the order Many trophy shops have a list that the employees write down what is needed Well ordering stock for an order is basically the same as that list At the end of the day or whenever you deem necessary you can build purchase orders Building purchase orders causes BizWizard system to order any products that are not ordered the have been entered as we have just done So as your employees are taking orders throughout the day at the end of the day build purchase orders and print them and fax them to vendors Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 81 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the prope
246. rder screen red text is flashing that says Auto Billing Order See the following screenshot Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 67 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain Order 10004 Open Order Description Pickup 5Ship By _ 8 25 2003 B 30PM Company Name ABC 123 Corporation Scheduled 8 25 2003 30PM Contact Name cindy Lou Marketing Code Repeat Customer M Billing Address 254984 North Winged Way Stock Location uite MO Pickup Location 425 656 8987 Ext 4587 542 522 3532 Cell H cindy lou abc123corporation com Delete Order Line ine Change Order Line Quantity Stock Item Name Unit Price Misc Labor Extended Price Tax TROPHY Standard Trophy Additional Order Options Order Total Sales Tax 0 00 Shipping Information Order Comments Sa 2 Shipping Handling 0 00 Direct Billing Details Purchase Order Details h 7 z Coupon Discounts pons Order Payment Details Misc Labor Charges x 3 Less Total Payments 0 00 Order Statistics Zoom Order Totals Balance Due This occurs because ABC 123 Corporation has provided us with a credit card to keep on file for payment of orders Remember when we setup the customer we specified the auto billing details and enter credit card information to u
247. references ele 3 Past Due Custome Print To Printer Samsung ML 1450 Series Back Print Invoice H Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 94 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Checkmark the New Invoices Unbilled option and if you had any late notices appearing in the previous screens list you can also print late notices by check marking the Late Notice Invoices box After you have selected which type of invoices you want to print select your printer The default windows printer will be shown If you do not need to change the printer you want to print to click on the Print button to proceed This will print what you have requested to the printer chosen and take you back to the Print Invoices Screen Go to the printer and make sure all the invoices selected printed before proceeding to the next step After all invoices have printed successfully click the Mark Invoices Billed button This tells BizWizard that you have successfully printed the invoices and BizWizard will then put the date billed on the invoice and begin tracking the invoice for Account Aging Purposes Account aging DOES NOT calculate until the invoice is billed Once you have marked all invoices billed you are done printing invoices The Invoices will line up to the window in the windowed enve
248. rein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x MDWA Solutions Daily ham Paga re eri Fax 714 565 4441 Receipts Reporting Date 2 19 2004 Payment Method Total Check 800 00 Direct Bill 573150 Cash 50 92 Thursday February 19 2004 Page 1 of 1 Register Reconciliation The register reconciliation is exactly what it sounds like It is to balance out the register It is very similar to the previous report The main difference is the register reconciliation report is designed to report a single day s transaction but the daily receipts report gives you a day by day breakdown The following is the example report printout for the register reconciliation report Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 116 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional MDWA Solutions 74587 North Main Street North San Diego CA 98745 Main 714 589 4545 Fax 714 565 4441 Reporting Date 2 19 2004 Payment Method Users Manual for Version 3 x Register Reconciliation Report Check Direct Bill Cash Thursday February 19 2004 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners Page 1 of 1 117 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Marketing Anal
249. required to validate against the license key your companies name address city state zip phone number and fax number We will not re generate a license key to a different company name if you change your company name down the road We will not re generate a license key to a different company address unless we are provided with specific proof that your company has moved Proof required will be up to our discretion and may be a copy of a new lease copy of termination of old lease letter from the company you leased from copies of telephone bills or utility bills showing new address for the same telephone number If you want a license for multiple stores you will be required to purchase a license for each of the additional store s Again the license is granted for a single business located at a single physical location using a single main telephone number So if you have several trophy award stores you will need a license for each store under our licensing agreement Within the single business location you may use the software linking to the single database on as many computers with as many users up to 200 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 180 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Generating a License Key To generate a license key you will need to start the licensing program This is goin
250. ress 15478 North Main Street Suite 361 Union City N 3826 15478 North Main Street Suite 360 Union City Date Placed Completion Date Time Terms of Sale Qty Stock Description Unit Price Ext Price Tax TROPHY Standard Trophy 02 50 125 00 v4 2 1 2 x 5 White Italian Marble Baze Round Bhue Gold Prism Column ar Kat With Soccer E leyele Kick Figure 2 Round Blue Gold on Right with 2004 Script Trim S PLAQUES Plaques AU 2150 4500 iv x 12 Cherry Cove 5x 7 Acrylic Picture at top Soocst Plaque Mount on bom left 3 x 3 4 Red A lum inum Engraving Plate on Bottom Right UM gt ats M ENG TAX Eagraving Taxable ES JO ey eC 0 04 5120 vj 3 Line Helvetica Font Style Order Total This is a Proforma Invoice A final invoice will only be generated for Less Coupon Discount customers whose orders are direct billed to their accounting After Discount Sub Total department and will only be generated upon completion of the service product purchase requested Counter Order Sales will be Sales Tax 7 75 provided a receipt showing itemized purchases A Proforma invoice is New Sub Total intended to help facilitate purchasing departments with issuing purchase orders or purchase deposit prepayments and is only an Shipping H andling estimation based upon the current order provided at the time of Final Total printing the proforma invoice Less Credits Applied Balance Upon Pick Up Copyright 1999 to 2004
251. ries Printing Preferences 2 11 2004 8 01 33 PM 2 3 2004 8 04 09 PM TT 2 13 2004 8 03 04 PM Change Password Clock In Clock Out Manage Internal E mails Work with Associates i Back ate Report ls 2 17 2004 8 13 31 PM Pacific Telephone and Telegraph 801 36 Clozed 2 17 2004 8 12 10 PM mici IESU L Mame Badges Work with Payroll Other Options Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System x Logout Orders To be Compre T INVER ES FER U Invoices to Print Exit System E mn Ei E IM El w Em TH BH EN E Past Due Notices En Send Orders Lett over 30 days U o D D B 1 1 o 1 h Orders To Be Shipped Today lll Point of sale Custom zc POSCIS Users Manual m 2 40 PM Select the date range you want to report and then select the printer you want to print to or leave the printer set to the default and click on the Generate Report button The following page is an example of the report Notice that it shows we took in 800 00 in checks from various sources We direct billed 73 53 and we took in cash receipts totaling 50 92 You can use this information to make sure you have 800 00 worth of checks 50 92 worth of cash This will help you balance your daily receipts of monies See the following page for the sample report Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 115 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned he
252. rity Financial Security System Setup Holiday Blackouts Product Management Marketing Codes Coupons and Discounts Country Management Payment Methods Payment Terms Shipping Methods Manage General Ledger Manage Accounts Receivable Manage Invoices Post Payments to Invoices Dail Receipts Register Reconciliation Sales Tax Information Marketing Analysis X Xl Xl I 4 X 4 4 amp I lt 1 41 4 4 At this point we can click on the Done button to go back to the Maintain Associate screen or we can proceed and setup some payroll information Let s setup some payroll information before going on Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 126 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Setting Associate Payroll Options Click on the Timesheet Payroll tab to display payroll details Notice have completed all the information on this screen in the following example Maintain Associate Associate Name lack Johansen y E Password OTE Status JActive a Demographics Timesheet Payroll Security Payroll Details We Exemptions 2 igo i Status Check H Paid Date Paid w Dollars 50 00 Pay Status Hourly Hourly Rate 1 8 80 Yearly Salary 538 1 04 00 Let s go over some basics here The current version
253. round blue gald prism column on left with 5 soccer bicycle kick figure 2 round blue gald on right with 004 script trim Word Count Letter Count Punctuations Count m Character Count Unit Cost 000 Extended Cost 0 00 Line Item Profit 0 00 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 7 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Now as you can see there is no unit price defined Later when you learn how to add new products see Products Offered on Page 167 to BizWizard you will also learn how to change the default unit price for existing products BizWizard system comes shipped with all products pricing defaulted to 0 00 and this is why the unit price is still set to 0 00 if you had a product price of 12 50 then once you selected the trophy product the unit price would have defaulted to 12 50 and the extended price would default to quantity x unit price quantity of 10 x 12 50 each equal extended price of 125 00 Since we have 0 00 set for our unit price we are going to override the unit price to 12 50 simply double click on the yellow Unit Price Field This will open the unit price field up and allow you to change the pricing This change only effects this order line and does not affect the product as it has been setup in the system setup Even if the price had d
254. rovides you with a blanket purchase order for the year In other words they give you a purchase order for 10 000 00 for the buying period of 10 15 2003 to 10 14 2004 You can enter the blanket purchase order into this field and the system will default that purchase order on all orders created for this customer Currently the system does not enforce a buying limit based upon the blanket purchase order This is only for default purposes for initializing the purchase order field on new orders and it is for your information purposes only Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 59 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Require Purchase Orders You may have certain companies whose accounting departments refuse to pay any bills without a purchase order on the invoice If you checkmark the require purchase orders checkbox on the Purchase Order Minimum Billing Tab then any orders entered will require you to enter a purchase order number before you can complete the order as a direct bill order This helps you ensure you are following the purchasing requirements of your customers and will save you headaches in the future You may also wish to checkmark this box if your company policy is to require a purchase order for ANY AND ALL billings for any and all customers Advanced Customer Settings We have di
255. rs if not sooner however a 1000 trophy order may take 3 4 days or even longer to complete depending upon your order workload To set these values double click in the yellow area for the dates and times First let s set the pickup ship by date Double click on the yellow field either date or time can be double clicked The following example shows the resulting screen that appears Select Order Calendar Date Form Time Date aer 200 5 00 AM 8 00 AM 11 00 AM 2 00 PM 5 00 PM 8 00 PM 11 30 AM 2 30 PM 5 30 PM 8 30 PM 6 00 AM 9 00 AM Noon 3 00 PM 6 00 PM 9 00 PM 6 30 AM 9 30 AM 12 30 PM 3 30 PM 6 30 PM 9 30 PM 7 00 AM 10 00 AM 1 00 PM 4 00 PM 7 00 PM 10 00 PM 10 30 AM 1 30 PM 4 30 PM 7 30 PM 10 30 PM Select the date and time you are promising to the person placing the order that their order will be ready for them to pickup This will print on the order receipt and the person ordering will use this to remind them of when their order will be ready to BUE EAS n A be picked up Hint Give yourself plenty of time Ask the customer IEA ES IE Total Estimated Person Hours if 3 00 is good for them Trophy 0 and if it works then set Corporate Plaque D 3 00pm That gives you Sport Plaque play room in case you are rR o running behind schedule an The choice is yours and Hand Engraving i how you wish to manage Computer Engraving A this Just be aware thatit Acrylic
256. rsday Feb 12 2004 07 13 42 AM em lime Thursday Feb 12 2004 07 13 48 AM Work with Orders Other Options Title Version Point of Sale Customer Information System FULL Version 2 3 6 Revision Date 1 16 2004 Program Location CUPOSCISlaposcis programes mde Work with Customers Database Location CAPOSCISIALLSTAR TABLES laposcis tables mdb Company Mame MDWA Solutions ow License Key 2391E7 D 7D47DF 4 7DEFCE 7 DCETDF 4 CE7D7D F 3F47D 7 D 3 40 33 C E Work with Vendors Unlock Code F47D 26 82C E7DF4 1CC8 1E CEF 18AE7 CE7D 41 EF4 7D1AD ED37 DE FDC E7D33 CE99 DQ 902 Inventory that Needs Ordering Expiration Date 12 31 2050 T 7 Processor amp Memor User Other Options Highest Version Licensed 9 9 3 y x io Maximum Users Licensed 00 Type E No of CPUs Pentium 1 M Dawid Matney F How Many Users Are Connected Physical Mem 1015264 KB Work with Outstanding A R Physical Mem Allocated 58x Print Customer Invoices j Windows Virtual Mem Allocated BN 12 Post Payments to Invoices Version 5 1 Budd 2600 Other Options Disk Drive Free Space Platform Windows NT AR E 19 46 GB 50 84 of 38 28 GB Work with Associates 5 Change Password Application Information Resolution Size Color Clock In Clock Out OLE DDE Timeout is 30 seconds Manage Internal E mails DOE Requests are not ignored Default Record Locking is No Locks cM Default Open Mode for Application is Shared Default Directory is CADocuments a
257. rties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Building Purchase Orders Users Manual for Version 3 x From the Main Menu click on the Inventory that Needs Ordering Option as shown in the following example EI Point of 5ale Customer Information System Main 5ystem Menu Form Sigel Work with Orders Print Work Order Sarmnmartzation Other Options Work eth Customers Wier ehh LET inventory that feeds Ordena Other Options Work with Ovtstanding AJA Prnt Customer Inoscr s Post Payments to Imeoices Other Options Work with Associates Change Password Clock Im Clock Cart Manage Intermal E mails Work with Payroll Prmt Payroll Report Open Database System Setup Management About POS CES System Logout Exit Sytem Misc Opiiona Order System Cusi mer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Agsociate System Popol System Cus inventory Needs to Be Ordered Add Amport Onder Hew Qader M ser sar late Time Taken Puhara eder E Llmwosces to Print d Past Due Notices to Send Orders Left ower 30 days Orders To Be Shipped Today As you can see the following screen appears This screen now displays the items you ordered from the Order system All Items from all customer orders entered that have stock to be ordered that has not yet been ordered will appear on this screen Work with Inventory that Needs to be Ordered Form Non Stock Inventory Standard Sto
258. s MB Point of Sale c Na sre Y Yahoo Mail HEIDE A The timesheet details allow you to add individual timesheet entries For now we will be adding an entry for the date 2 20 2004 Clock in Time of 8 30am and a clock out time of 12 30pm we are going to select the reporting type of working hours and then click done This will take you back to the associate timesheet itself and now you will see the entry we just made plus the base hours and net pay values have changed to reflect the time worked See below Maintain Associate Timesheet CAE Status Open Paid Date Paid Check t nes Hours 4 00 Gross Pay 17400 W2 Exemptions HM DIM CEDER 000 Federal Witholding 0 00 W2 Additional 58 00 Total Working Hours 4 00 State Tax Witholding 0 00 Pay Status Hourly Paid Bonus Hours 0 00 FICA Deduction 5 65 pedvctons Hourly Rate 850 Holiday Hours 0 00 SD 0 87 Yearly Rate 338 480 00 Sick Leave Hours 0 00 0 00 PTO Hours 0 00 Net Pay Maternity Leave Hours Total Hours 4 00 Reporting Type Clock In Dates T ime Clock Out Date Time Working Hours Friday February 20 2004 Friday February 20 2004 8 30 00 AM 12 30 00 PM Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 129 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x As you can see from the previous example
259. s Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Adding a New Associate Before we can add a new associate we need to work with the existing associates By default when you start using BizWizard system there is one user associate in the system This users name is System Default it s sole and complete purpose is to give you access to BizWizard system when starting up only This user should be either in activated or changed to reflect whoever is the super user or administrator of BizWizard system Before de activating the System Default user it is important to ensure you have added yourself assuming you are the administrator to BizWizard associate system with FULL AND COMPLETE AUTHORITY After you have added the administrative user then you can de activate the System Default User From the Main Menu Select the Work with Associates option from the Associate System menu as shown in the example below This will bring the Work with Associates Screen to the right of the Main Menu System lil Point of Sale Customer Information System Main System Menu Form Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System d In ML David Matney lime Friday Feb 20 2004 08 48 31 AM Date Time Friday Feb 20 2004 08 48 37 AM ka i L s i Work with Orders Print Work Order Summariza
260. s and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Logging Out Does just what it sounds like It logs out the current user and returns you to the login screen so another user can log in It is a good idea to log yourself out of BizWizard when not using it if ona shared computer That keeps other users from doing things with your login and your security authority in BizWizard Exit BizWizard System Also does exactly as it sounds It simply shuts down BizWizard system You can also shut down like you would any other windows program by clicking on the X in the upper right corner of BizWizard systems window System Setup Management bet you never thought we would make it this far Now we are going to learn how to setup some of the options that tell BizWizard what to do how to do it and when to do it This section we will learn how to add products set sales tax rates define holiday blackout periods setup payment terms e mail settings and more Let s not waste anytime All of the options in this section will come from the Main Menu System option under Misc Options that says System Setup Management Click on this option to reveal it s sub menu as shown below d In ML David Matney e Time Thursday Feb 12 2004 07 34 33 AM i takasi ee ee O E a AA ee ATTI e Lu os T INT System Setup Management Menu Form Work with Orders ys
261. s over 5 000 00 in the system setup you can specify a percentage to collect as well as the dollar amount that will cause the percentage to be collected see Order Setup Tab on Page 160 BizWizard system comes with the following deposit requirements already in place Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 20 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x If an order is over 30 00 then require the customer to pay a minimum deposit of 40 of the order total So let s demonstrate this by entering a new order in the system as follows Company name Contact name Billing address line one Billing address line two Zip code Phone number Fax number E mail address Pickup ship by date Scheduled date Marketing code Kramer Hologram Publishers John Jackson 1585 South Walla Walla Street Suite 4875 Department 85 92886 714 989 8899 714 454 7878 john_jackson krhologrampub com 9 25 2004 9 20 2004 Word of mouth Lets add one order line item as follows Quantity Product Unit price Special instructions 2 plaques 45 80 The completed order should look like the following Maintain Order 9 x 12 ebony piano finish black marble plate i Order Description Company Name Contact Name Billing Address 7 14 989 8899 10002 Open ee
262. s screen you can also printout a detail listing Maintain Customer Billing As Do Not Credit Number Date Created Orig Credit Amount Balance Remaining Credit Description Date Applied 84122002 8 5 2002 B 7 2002 8 12 2002 8 12 2002 8 15 2002 8 19 2002 9 19 2002 9 19 2002 9 19 2002 10 24 2002 Customer Det 200254705 7129 2002 120 65 0 00 Oone Ji E Transfer Balance Print Credit OverPayment Credit Issued From Check Batch 569 Check 3168 Bank Bank of America Applied Method Applied to Invoice Applied to Invoice Applied to Invaice Applied to Invoice Applied to Invoice Applied to Invoice Applied to Invoice Applied to Invoice Applied to Invoice Applied to Invoice Applied to Invoice Description Invoice H 200275344 Invoice 200276358 Invoice E 200275374 Invoice H 200276392 Invoice H 200276333 Invoice E 200275417 Invoice E 200275425 Invoice H 200276578 Invoice E 200276573 Invoice H 200276580 Invoice H 200276744 Amount Applied If you click on the Print Credit Button you will be able to printout a detailed listing of the in store credit The printout looks like the following Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 64 BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x My Company Name 5544 Anystreet Road C u St 0 me r American C
263. s they have not purchased anything tangible from you they brought something in that they have paid for at the mall maybe a jewelry box and requested you to engrave on the brass plate that came with it So all you are doing is a service of engraving No Sales Tax is charged Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 170 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x However if that same person comes into your store and asks you to engrave a brass plate and they buy the brass plate from you then you not only have to charge sales tax on the brass plate but you must also charge sales tax on the engraving Why Because you are selling them a finished product nonetheless it is a product so that product and the service of engraving are taxable In the state of Minnesota wearable products are non taxable based upon what a customer of BizWizard has communicated to us have never heard of such a thing but hey am from California and we don t wear a lot of clothes rather we wear shorts and t shirts It gets hot here In Minnesota can see why wearable products are non taxable It gets 30 below zero up there So the government may figure that clothing should not be taxable as clothing is required to keep from freezing in the winter So check with your state sales tax board and find out what the laws are for your
264. s well as the user id and password they may have assigned to you that you must use to login Adding Vendor Contacts We can at this point add contacts Contacts for a vendor are people within the organization that you work with for product ordering billing etc For instance you may work with the accounts payable person the staff that takes orders the shipping clerk the manager etc So have added a few contacts by clicking on the Contacts button on the Maintain Vendor screen See the following example with the vendors contacts added Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 76 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Maintain Customer Contacts Job Title Cindy Rhodes Shipping Clerk Phone Number 415 589 6595 00 Ext e495 50 DirectF axHumber 415 523 5525 00 CellPhoneNumber Po E Mail Address cindythodes trophiesplaquessupplies com Freida D yer Sales Representative Phone Number 415 589 6595 Ext 3874 DirectF axHumber 41 5 523 5525 CellPhoneN umber 542 457 hhb3 E Mail Address freida dyeritraphiesplaquessupplies com Jack Jones counts Payable Phone Mumber 415 589 6595 00 Ext 42 DirectF axHumber JA15 523 5525 CellPhoneN umber 541 589 6541 E Mail Address ackjonesGMrophiesplaquessupplies com Peona Smith Gen
265. scussed the basics of entering a new customer There are some advanced features that relate to customers that we can now delve into Each of these features has a very distinct purpose Remember a customer is a customer and is only a customer However there are things a customer owns and takes ownership of For instance customers own or have invoices they have in store credits they have account balances they have comments and notations These items relate to a customer and are why they are managed from this screen Customer Comments Customer comments are exactly that They are for your internal information purposes Comments are a good way to notate conversations you have had with customers notate problems you have had with customers etc The following are samples of comments you may wish to enter Customer Called and said they will be out of town until next week and will not be able to issue check payment until they get back into town have told them that this is fine Tried to call customer to collect on balance due and got a busy signal each time called We will try to call again at a later date Do not talk to Sherry Smith in the Accounts Payable She is very rude and unhelpful The following is an example of customer comments entered for the ABC 123 Corporation This is found on the Comments tab Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 60 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the
266. se for the auto billing If you try to print the order or click on Done you will be forced to collect payment Click on Done and you will see the following screen pop up Add Order Payment Detail Before this order may be completed you must charge the customers credit card as follows and post a payment by clicking on the Add Payment button above This customer has requested that all of their orders be automatically charged to the credit card on file as shown below Order Summarization Order Total 500 00 Credit Card Number 4444444444444444 Exp 08705 Discount 0 00 e Payment Amount 0 00 After Discount Sub T otal 500 00 Approval Number Sales T ax 0 00 New Sub Total 500 00 AVS Details O Credit Card AVS Shipping Handling 0 00 Name on Card Jackie Smith Final T otal 500 00 Address 254894 North Winged Way East Falmouth M 02536 Less Total Payments 0 00 mm i Balance Due on Order 500 00 All the Payment information has been defaulted to what was specified on the customer for the auto billing settings All you need to do is complete the payment amount charged to the card and the approval number optional and click on Add Payment Go ahead and enter a payment amount of 500 00 and click on Add Payment You will be back at the Maintain Order screen and the auto billing text is no longer flashing This is because there is no money due on the order If you change any
267. se products After installation you will be able to take a complete order within five minutes because there is basically no setup required to get started Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved ii All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version Table of Contents Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners 3 X Getting Started and Conventions 1 Starting BizWizard for the First Time 1 Order Management System ceeeeeeee eere eer eee nene 2 FAKING a NeW AID pe E 3 Order DEMOQLapNicCs ccccccccssessseccceeecceeeseeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeceeeeesseaeseeeeeeeessaeaseceeseesseaaeeeeeeeeessaas 4 Order SenequiiNd constata llora etta cse costo dales 5 Marken CodeS recia la io S 7 order Eine MMS 7 Review or Taking a New Order aussi aida 10 Advanced Order Settings ce aid 11 A bati escas imcotita oe ates ius decal usce rese haste tecol idet usado annee 11 HICKUO SOG NTO a Mr a 11 Shipping Address and Locations kiana o oes 12 Order Go els o o O do Say 14 Purchase Orders and Sales Tax Exemption mennica a a E 15 MISC Labor ENTE
268. shipping address You can default this address from the billing address by left clicking on the default from billing address button There is also a button that Says View All Display Shipping Method Rate Calculations Shipping Rates for this Order which will rasan present a display that will show all the shipping rates for the order based upon the orders total This is helpful when you are discussing with a customer the different shipping options and they want to know what 51 20 Residential Address Description ShippingCharges G Delvery Couner Service FedEx 2nd Day Ai the charges will be for the various options FedEx Ground This screen shows you the calculations for FedEx Nest Day Air Saver each shipping method in the system except UPS 2nd Day Ai shipping methods that result in no charge A _ UPS 2ndDay air con shipping method that results in no charge will P530 Seea not be displayed in the list UPS Ground UPS Ground COD l M UPS Next Day Air COD For this reason you will not see any shipping ups Next Day ir Saver calculations at this time because all shipping USPS 2nd Day Ai methods are currently set to 096 and thus USPS First Class Mail order total x 096 is 0 00 USPS Ground USPS Next Day Ai USPS Priority Mail Default the shipping address from the billing address and select UPS ground for a shipping method and residential address for the shipping a
269. ssage Setup Form Printing Preferences Print To Printer Samsung ML 1450 Series The next page shows what the printed e mail looks like Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 142 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Date Sent 2 12 2004 Time Sent 4 59 47 AM From M David Matney To Jennifer Sherman Subject Please Followup With Customer Jack John Called and wanted to know about the pricing on the 10 1 2 x 13 plaques he ordered last year He wants to duplicate it this year except he wants to change which woods he used Last year he ordered veneer plaques and this year he A wants to use a solid walnut He needs to know the new pricing and since you provided special pricing last year he wants S to call him with new pricing for this years order Vv His phone number is 714 507 2412 He is anxious to get moving on this years order A Page 1 of 1 O Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 143 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Deleting a Message Deleting a Message is quite simple You saw that if you delete a message from the inbox it doesn t actually delete it rather it simply moves it to the trashbox The same is true of deleting an e mail from a
270. stomer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System Jser Li d In Mi David Matney Work with Orders i ji Le L mesheet Done Print Work Order 54 Other Options Status Open Paid Date Paid Check H ustome i Base Hours Maintain Associate Timesheet Detail B oasis Dn EEN Work with Custome Overtime Hours Bak Done Additional nn ed In Pay Status Hourly 7 Total Working Hours Work with Yendors Paid Bonus Hours Hourly Rate 18 50 T Holiday Hours inventory that Nee y Reporting Type Working Hours Yearly Rate 33 480 00 7 Other Options Sick Leave Hours SES PTO Hours Clock In Date Time Clock In Date Time qmm Maternity Leave Hours 2 20 2004 2 20 2004 3 Print Customer Inv Total Hours 11 35 37 AM 35 17 AM Post Payments to D t February 2004 3 d 7 Other Options ldd New Maintain i Reporting Type ets LP Re i L cam A dern 1 2 3 4 5 B 7 i Work with Associat 9 10 1 12 13 14 Change Password 16 17 13 21 I Clock In Clock Out 2023 M 6 28 Manage Internal E ae i Work with Payroll Other Options 7 Open Database or TARR PUTO TU Q System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout Orders To be Compre vi inal Invoices to Print Exit System E Past Due Notices to Send i Orders Left over 30 days Orders To Be Shipped Today 5 POSCIS User
271. suompnnijos VACA 112 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners Users Manual for Version 3 x BizWizard Professional E jo c oS S0 ross 0005 S0 FSSs junourg XBL 30 ss X XX X n XEL Ajunes S0 ross 0005 SO ross Xe ejes 00 GrL 28 ooog 00 G6rL LS sajes a qexe 00 ObE LS O00 StL LS 00 Svc sa Es jduiexz7 xe 00 GES 8 SJe301 00 StL 1 suoljaesugl 3588 XE Jo INO 00 PEE 7 Sapo diz Iv XBL S369 v2 sales uondu sag eseg xe 55015 SUOIJEZUEWLUNS 163910 eseg KEL sajes 113 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners Users Manual for Version 3 x BizWizard Professional E Jo 28Eq 00 06 LS 00 SFL LS 00 Srzs sajes waxy JE OL sajes ydw xg JjOJg UON 00 0 Org 00 9 0005 ovos 00708 ooog baog o0 bL Ds 00 0 D0 05 00 0 00 05 0008 00 0 2008 000 DO 0S ooog 00708 00 0 sales sales JUWUAOS JUWUAOS JULULIAOS juuluAOS lJoqe uBie10g ayeysuaju AUD Ayunes 93818 jeJapa4 XEL UON O saes oLsajes 01 SAS 0 SaJes 00 Srzs SJEJOL oo g suoesugJ aseg Xe jo M0 DU GbZS sepod diz Iv xe sajes Yo SJ9 I 19 uondiJosag eseg xe Jayo OL sajes uoseay uondurex3
272. t E Mail sales indwasolutions co Bottom Of Order Message We will work hard to tru and complete your order by the Expected Date and Time identified at the top of this order Please let us know if the above date and time will not fit within your time schedule as soon as possible and we will try to work within pour time corstraints as best as we can You may also define your direct billing requirements It seems silly to direct bill a 1 00 order After all it costs postage printing of the invoice time for employees to stuff envelopes waiting on money etc Most employees of a company buying products from an awards store have the ability to pay for small orders and get reimbursed As you can see from the setting above the rule states that if an order is 15 00 or more than we are more than happy to bill it assuming they have sufficient credit etc however if the order is 10 14 or even 14 99 then the customer will simply have to pay for the order when they pick up the order and they can have a printed receipt so they can be reimbursed If you do not want to enforce this limit simply set this to 0 00 you can also set it to a dollar amount and let s assume you have a customer that orders a 1 00 plate once a month but once a year they order 10 000 00 worth of acrylic awards For this reason you want to be as nice as you can and are more than happy to allow that customer ONLY to direct bill below the 15 00 limit On the Maintain
273. t Base Hours 23103 Paid Bonus Hours 0 00 Gross Pay 426 12 ee eee Overtime Hours 0 00 Holiday Hours 0 00 Federal wale 8 00 Total Working Hours 2303 Sick Leave Hours 000 State Tax Witholding 3484 m xu gt Less ub PTO Hours 000 FICA Deduction 3260 Deductions Work with Vendors Maternity Leave Hours 0 00 SDI 3 03 Inventory that Mer 0 00 Other Options Total Hours 2303 a Met Pay 30 00 Timesheet Details Clock In Date Time Clock Out Date Time Fiday February 06 2004 Fiday February 06 2004 23020 PM Work with Outstan Print Customer Ins Post Payments to Other Options 8 31 11 AM E Monday February 09 2004 Monday February 05 2004 8 34 29 AM 123202 PM Monday February 09 2004 5 05 38 PM Tuesday February 10 2004 Work with Associa ee Monday February 09 2004 Clock In Clock Out 1 04 03 PM Manage Internal E Tuesday February 10 2004 8 31 33 AM 2 34 48 PM Wednesday February 11 2004 wW ednesdas February 11 2004 amp 30r 46 Ah 121215 PM Work with Payroll Other Options Wednesday February 11 2004 Wednesday February 11 2004 Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout baste BB 2 U oO U0 8S ici ma Invoices to Print TH BH E Es a gt Past Due Notices to Send 2 i Orders Left over 30 days 33 B 1 B 5 15 Orders To Be Shipped Today m POSCIS Users Manual MA Pont of Sale Custom a Corel PROTO PAINT 11
274. t Security Lustomer Vendor Security IZ verde Pricing Manage Associates Ry Merde base lf Overide Deposit Requirement IV Manage Customer Accounts v Work Order Summarizatioris if i E Iv Mat Picked Up Customer Letters A Financial Security System Setup Holiday Blackouts Product Management Marketing Codes Coupons and Discounts Country Management Payment Methods Payment Terms Shipping Methods Manage General Ledger Manage Accounts Receivable Manage Invoices Post Payments to Invoices Dail Receipts Register Reconciliation Sales Tax Information Marketing Analysis 171175131171 TOO There are 5 major sections to BizWizard system The Order Security section provides details on what an employee is allowed to do as it relates to orders and management of orders in each of these 5 sections Let s look at each security section in detail Override Pricing Determines whether or not this associate is allowed to override the pricing set by default by what is defined on the product This setting can be given to supervisor or management personnel so that only management can override the default pricing You may also give this to all associates see Order Line Items on Page 7 Override Deposit Requirement Similar to override pricing the order system may force the associate to collect a deposit on the order based upon settings you supply in the system setup See Order Setup Tab on Page 160 If the
275. t to link to the one in my installation directory because have to have one to link to so can run 3 Sol will link to the one in my installation directory and will update the system registry to show the new database location Then when you go to log on to BizWizard and see that the only user in the system is the System Default user and once logged in as the System Default user you think ALL MY ORDERS ARE GONE The common thing to do is to call NetSoft Studio and indicate BizWizard System has deleted everything However this is not true What happened is your database is not accessible BizWizard needs some database someplace and it simply reverted back to the aposcis tables mdb that is in its installation directory But your database is still in tact it is residing on a computer the server that isn t even turned on What is the resolution Turn on the Server click on the Open Database and re link it There are other scenarios whereby a network resource may not be available A network card in a computer could have gone out or you are running a network that has maxed out its allowable clients as specified by Microsoft amp A network cable could be unplugged or loose There are many reasons But rest assured BizWizard system doesn t delete databases It simply reverts back to a blank or empty database if it has to because it cannot find the shared one Ok so how does the Open Database work Click on it and see When you cli
276. t upon your computers processor speed and your network speed Slower computers take longer to complete the calculations Faster computers may zip right through To Open the Accounts Receivable report simply do the following Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 91 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x From the Main Menu System under the Accounting Section click on the option that says Work with Outstanding A R This will display the accounts receivable outstanding screen as shown in the following example Point of Sale Customer Information System Main System Menu Form Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System B8 M David Matney Thursday Feb 19 2004 08 19 51 PM Thursday Feb 19 2004 08 19 54 PM Work with Orders Print Work Order Summarization Other Options Current A R 245 00 Maintain Customer Work with Customers Pero 6 Se Past Due Filter E Accounts Receivable bd Total Outstanding A R 3 033 05 Work with Vendors Customer Name City State Account Balance Past Due Amount Inventory that Needs Ordering 7 Other Options gt 7 Eleven Placentia CA 7 335 70 7 335 70 Big B s Motor Racing Yorba Linda CA 263 99 263 99 Bing Bang Blue Bells Whittier CA 102 36 102 36 Work
277. tells the system when to re order this product The Minimum Quantity to stock is the minimum amount you want to keep on the shelves So if you want to stock a particular product and keep at least 3 on hand then you will place a 3 in this field This tells the system that your intention is to keep 3 products quantities on hand at all times Reorder in Increments of This value tells the POS system that when you have to re order you want BizWizard to re order in increments of this value This is useful to ensure case pricing from vendors Let s assume case pricing on a resin is 10 Yet you only want to keep 3 on hand If the quantity drops to 2 one less than the quantity you want to keep on hand BizWizard is going to issue an order for 10 more which will mean you actually have 12 on hand This is because BizWizard says am 1 below the quantity am supposed to keep in hand but have to order in increments of 10 to get the product case pricing so will order at least ten accomplishing 2 goals A case pricing discounts and b keeping the inventory at a minimum of 3 Sales Taxable Products When is something sales taxable and when is it not Well this is a question you must take up with your sales tax board in your state For Instance as we understand California Sales Tax Laws ALL items are taxable except services Services performed include engraving on an item the customer brings into your store The reason it is considered a service i
278. th Customer E Mail Body Jack John Called and wanted to know about the pricing on the 10 1 2 x 13 plaques he ordered last year He wants to duplicate it this year except he wants Eo change which woods he used Last year he ordered veneer plaques and this year he wants to use a solid walnut He needs to know the new pricing and since you provided special pricing last year he wants you to call him with new pricing for this years order His phone number is 714 507 7412 He is anxious to get moving on this years order Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 141 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Some of the buttons have been disabled on this screen as these functions are currently being enhanced and will be available in future release These functions include the reply reply to all forward and redirect buttons At this point you can print the e mail or click on done to return to the previous Work with E mails screen Printing a Message From the Display E Mail Message screen shown in the previous example you can print the e mail message in case you want a hard copy of the e mail Simply click on the print button which displays the following dialog box allowing you to select which printer to send the printout to Select the printer and click on the Print button Print Associate E Mail Me
279. that were allocated get removed from this quantity and go back into the Quantity on Hand Total Quantity on Hand This represents the total of what is on hand and can be sold and what is on hand but cannot be sold because it has already been sold Quantity Backordered Represents the quantity of product that we do not have enough stock on and that is on backorder but yet has NOT been ordered yet Once ordered the amount ordered will go into the Quantity Ordered Not Received which we will discuss next Quantity Ordered Not Received This represents the amount on backorder that has been ordered by that we have not received as of yet Once the product is received into Inventory see Heceiving Purchase Orders into Inventory on Page 89 then those quantities received will get placed into the Quantity on Hand but allocated to orders values discussed previously There are 3 values that do not give the state of affairs rather they tell BizWizard system what to do and when to do it Whenever you track inventory on an item you tell BizWizard how much to order when the stock gets below what quantity and in what increments to order Let s discuss these three values Additional Quantity to Order Additional quantity to order is an arbitrary number you can place in here to tell the system that whatever quantity it determines it needs to order you are requesting the system to order this many additional Minimum Quantity to Stock This value
280. the employee has worked 4 hours x 18 50 per hour gives a gross pay of 74 00 FICA Deduction tax tables and SDI tax tables SDI is a California Tax that stands for State Disability Insurance you can define up to 2 custom tax tables later in this manual that apply to your state county or city and they are fully customizable See Additional Employee Tax Tables Tab on Page 165 Now we can add a second timesheet entry which Eggle saa will calculate for the time after lunch for an additional 4 hours Click on the Add New button on the Maintain Timesheet screen and enter the new hours as shown below Reporting Type orina Hours Clock In Date Time Clock In Date Time Now if we do Our math correctly we now will have 24202004 2 2042004 x the new timesheet totals representing 8 hours 1 30 00 PM 5 30 00 PM worked at the rate of 18 50 per hour as shown below Maintain Associate Timesheet Status Open Paid Date Paid Check H Hau Hours 8 00 Gross Pap 148 00 W2 Exemptions n EP HORE 1 00 Federal Witholding 0 00 W2 Additional 50 00 Total Working Hours 8 00 State Tax Witholding 0b0 Pay Status Hourly z Paid Bonus Hours 0 00 FICA Deduction 11 32 Mio M Hourly Hate nia amp 50 Holiday Hours 0 00 SDI 1 75 Yearly Rate 38 480 00 Sick Leave Hours 0 00 0 00 PTO Hours 0 00 Net Pay Maternity Leave Hours 0 00 Total Hours 8 00 Reporting Type Clock In Date Time Cloc
281. the order statistics left click on the Order Statistics text in the bottom left corner of the Maintain Order screen in the Additional Order Options section This will bring up the Display Order Statistics screen as shown below Display Order Statistics Form Order Taken By M David Matney Date Time Taken 10 12 2004 4 47 12 PM Order Completed By Date Time Completed Order Received By Date Time Received This Orders Deposit Requirement has been overidden by As you can see the order was taken by M David Matney on 10 12 2004 at 4 47pm the order has not been completed yet and has not been picked up yet and thus no values are shown for those options Later we will Mark the Order Complete see Completing an Order on Page 26 and you can come back to this screen and see who completed the order and the date time it was completed Later we will also mark an order picked up see Completing an Order on Page 26 and record who picked up the order and the date and time the order was picked up If an order is shipped you will see the shipper tracking number and the date time shipped in the order statistics instead of the name of the person who picked up the order Coupons Discounts BizWizard system supports coupons and discounts Let s assume you have a coupon you put in the local newspaper for 1596 off an order of 50 00 or more that expires on 8 20 2004 later we will learn how to put that cou
282. the tracking number for a shipment This feature does require an internet connection Such as a DSL connection that is shared by all computers in your office Basically you need some sort of live internet connection in your network and then you must also have an internet e mail account We provide internet e mail accounts that may be used in conjunction with our web servers The division of our company that provides this service is 2K Communications owned and operated by MDM Enterprise which is the parent company of NetSoft Studio You are not required to use our services however customers of BizWizard system get a 10 discount on the monthly hosting rates provided by 2K Communications visit http www 2kweb net for details on plans available System Setup Company Information System Mumbering Order Setup Order Status Setup Invoice Setup Sales Tax Setup FICA Tas Table Additional Employee Tas Tables Internet E Mail Setup Order Waiver Text SMTP Server mdwaseluionscom SMTP Pot 21 User ID des Password keroeudk Reply To Name MOWA Solutions Sales Team Reply To Address salest amp imdwasolutiens com I Send Order Complete Email hen Order is Marked Complete W Send Order Shipped Email V hen Order Is Marked Shipped This screen is where you set up the internet e mail connection values This information is necessary for BizWizard to connect to your e m
283. ti Sera latas 60 Balance AGING Bir n KK T 61 MSE Gredi ere oes ce casita roda eii 64 Creating a New Order for a Customer cccccccceeceeeeeseeeeeeeesesaeeeesceeeeesuaaaseeeeeeeessaaaeeeeeees 66 Direct Billing an Order to a Customer ooooncccnncccccccnnnncnnnnnonononanncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 69 Orders Tor a GUSIOMICN EE 71 What is a Customer vs an Order di 72 Third Party Account Packages for Accounts Receivable 72 Work with Customers and Customer searches eeeseeeeeeeeeee eren 73 Setting the Sort Order of Work with Customers Screen ooncncccccccnccconcncononcnnononnnnconanonononess 73 Searching for CUStOMETS xa ovevro exor e soa oc CER ERR E VE E RUD atr EDEN E pu UO rUgxE C pe eV ERU Qa EE RE 74 Purchasing Inventory Subsystem 75 Adding a New VeldoL cidcid odie icwe das cpo iesus Eae bud oov aiaia a 76 Adding Vendor Ee Mice OTT ds 76 vendor Purchase Orders eec acne ax ao nos Du oec oen aca bid eMe bud 77 Purchase Order Non Stock INvVentory ooocccccccccccccoonccnnnncnnconononcnnnnnnononnncnnnnnnnnononancnnnnnnnnss 78 Lifecycle of Order Non Stock Products for an Order oocccoooccnccccccocconccoconccnnononancnnnonnnccnnononons 78 Buding Pur hase A ares titio d es psmae Mesoma ceto rendue oos 82 Working with Pendin
284. tion Other Options ustornor Sistem Add New Maintain Work with Customers AssocisteName Phone Number Social Security Status Clocked In b Jennifer Sherman Active Oo M David Matney Active L Wiley Foults Active O Work with Yendors Inventory that Needs Ordering Other Options Work with Outstanding A R Print Customer Invoices Post Payments to Invoices Other Options Change Passwort Clock In Clock Out Manage Internal E mails Work with Payroll Other Options Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Y Logout Orders To be Compre By INVER ES TICKOUDE Invoices to Print 1 Exit System E a ET Iw E E Em EI E IM Ed Hn E Past Due Notices to Send O Orders Lett over 30 days O S cB ww 8B 0 4 4 b 2 0 0 0 1 O0 O Q 5 Orders To Be Shipped Today 1 ER Adobe Acrobat Profa cal POSCIS Users Manwal BB Point of Sale Custom M NUT From here you can see in our test database system there are 3 users For the sake of example we are going to add a new user to the system To do this click on the Add New Button in the top right corner Notice the maintain button also Maintain is used for making changes to an existing user Add New is to add a new user Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 125 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x After clickin
285. tne Sales Tax Summarization Report Form am a m l Work with Orders i i Print Work Order Summarization ER ere a paraa E Other Options a dli del Print Sales ax Summarization Setup Form Order New Order Maintain m Work with Customers Work with endors me Taken Purchase Order H Inventory that Needs Ordering Other Options Printing Preferences 05 40 PM Print To Printer Samir ML 1350 Seres ACCOLIM 7 59 49 PM Work with Outstanding A R Print Customer Invoices 8 01 33 PH Post Payments to Invoices Other Options Tine EEE 04 09 PH Ll GLE 1 NA E iad xxm Work with Associates L1 Total of exempt transactions add lines 2 through 10 co 8 03 04 PM Change Password 12 Taxable Transactions Subtract ine 11 from line 1 ee ee ed 7 149 00 Clack In Clock Out 13 Total sales and use bax due lisse TT 554 05 Details Manage Internal E mails bd i 14 Penalty See tax form For calculation of this amount ss 6 666 ee 30 00 8 13 31 PM 8 12 10 PM Work with Payroll Other Options Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout Orders To be Competed by IRIURE T VER TUNE Invoices to Print 0 ane lt Jsufe fr wr e fs Pop fe fsufm fr fw Pr r fs fof Past duenoticesto send o i Orders Left over 30 days 0 1 D 6 2 1 Oo b Orders To Be Shipped Today 1 MM Point
286. to and associate withthe cdrrect order Please compie ihe information below before returning to us as this w E help us to serve You better O Proofs Accepted as Provided N Revisions Necessary Please Proceed with our order O Proofs Accepted with Revisions Showman attached pages O Please send me New Proofs Before Proceeding L Please Make Changes inditated and Proceed No need to Send New Proofs I am Faxing Mailing Backito vow Pages which includes this Cover Page Please call me if you domot receive all pages indicated above Sipm ture Date Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 40 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Internal Proof Attachment Users Manual for Version 3 x Used internally for proofing Many trophy shops have a typesetter and another person proof what was typeset for accuracy Simply print an internal proof attachment clip it to the proof and pass off to the proofing personnel Good checks and balances and proofing can save your company a lot of money in product wasted as a result of engraving errors My Company Name Internal Proof Request 5544 Anystreet Road American City CA 92886 Main 777 777 7777 Fax 888 888 8888 Order Number 10001 Janice Jamison 15478 North Main Street Suite 360 Union City O Order Layouts Setup By O Order Layouts Proofed by O
287. to pick up your order Order Total 221 20 y OUR ORD R 655 Coupon Discount 33 18 After Discount Sub Total 4188 07 Shipping Handling 0 00 Final Total 188 02 Once again we thank you for your business and greatly appreciate the opportunity to 188 02 serve you Balance Upon Pick Up 0 00 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 52 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Notice the red text Many reports in the system and invoices print red text If you use a color printer the red text will be printed if you use a black and white printer no problem the text will still print however it won t be in color rather it will be in Black and grayscale print Customers System The customer system is totally unrelated to the order system Think of the customer system as an accounts receivable management system and customer contact management system rolled into one The purpose is to manage those customers that you have ongoing business relationship with Remember the order system is where you take orders only orders and nothing but orders In other software packages you may take an order from someone and boom they are a customer for life This only increases your customer database size and ends up making it very difficult to manage those customers that have one on one
288. to this order If there were multiple orders that ordered this product you would see each order s order line item in this list You can click on Maintain Order to pull up the order associated with this order line Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 85 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Remember everything in BizWizard system is linked or related and this allows us to view our data in multiple avenues and multiple ways It allows for complex and simplex data manipulation and thus allows for complex calculations and is how BizWizard system is able to help you manage your business Later we will discuss Standard Stock Inventory which is inventory we maintain a quantity of stock on This will be discussed when you learn how to add new products or maintain current products in a later chapter Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 86 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Example Printout of Purchase Order with Payments The following is what a purchase order printout looks like for the purchase order we just worked with This example shows the Unit Price and order total MDWA Solutions 74587 North Main Street n icy a pe 98745 Account 54987 ain 5
289. top soccer plaque mount on bottom left 3 3 4 red aluminum engraving plate on bottom right ME Word Count Letter Count Punctuations Count Total Character Count Unit Cost 000 Extended Cost 0 00 Line Item Profit 45 00 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 8 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Let s add one final item engraving charges Now the system does not automatically calculate engraving There are several reasons First some trophy shops do not charge for engraving as they included it in the price of the product some charge by the line some charge by the character and some charge based upon the square inch area being engraved So at this time you can charge for engraving on a separate line item as we will do in the next example In this example we will charge for a total of 1280 characters engraved for the trophies and 2 coach plaques So we will enter a new line item as follows Quantity 1280 Product code eng tax Special instructions 3 line Helvetica font style Unit price 0 04 Enter this line item and view the completed entry in the example below Maintain Order Line Item Display Product Details Unit Price Misc Labor Extended Price Quantity Product 1280 ENG TAX Engraving Taxable i i J 1 Fa rm L i Mil Li T
290. tore Credits Main Voice Telephone t 425 656 8987 Tax Exempt from the pull down list Main Fax Telephone 5425223532 __ A cine 1 credit card information uM E dn E etc See the following Overide Minimum Direct Billing screen shot which New Minimum Direct Bill Amount 000 shows these values entered Auto Billing M Payment Method Visa 7 e Later we will enter an Credit Card Number 4444444444444444 Exp Date py PA iyl DEM e un order for this customer Name on Card Jackie Smith Billing Address 254894 North Winged Way and yOU will see how City State Zip EastFamouth MA X535 the auto billing feature works Minimum Direct Bill Override In the system setup which we will go over in a later chapter you can set minimum billing requirements see Invoice Setup Tab on Page 162 For instance it really is ridiculous to bill a Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 56 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x customer 3 00 simply because that is all they owe Even if you have an ongoing relationship with a customer billing that low of an amount simply costs you extra money You may want to institute a policy that you will only bill orders 25 00 or more and all other orders must be paid for at the time of pickup Whatever dollar amount you decide on if
291. track inventory on certain products and don t track them on other products If you have a product whereby you track inventory and maintain a stock on that item then the system will automatically allocate those items by pulling them out of inventory and giving them to an order and keep tabs on how much is on hand and out of those on hand how many are allocated to orders and thus how many are left that can be sold It even keeps track of how many are on order with your vendors This only works if you are tracking inventory on those products What if you are not tracking inventory on a particular product You have to have someway to allocate the stock or you may find yourself in a pickle when it comes time to work on the order Stock location field on the order is designed to allow you to specify on an order where you have set aside product for this order Let s talk about the order we just entered We have 10 trophies 2 plaques that should be pulled off of our shelves and set aside we are not tracking inventory on these products In many trophy shops there are several bins setup whereby you can go and pull 10 bicycle kick figures 10 bases and cut 10 8 columns and pull 10 year date trims along with two 9 x 12 cherry cove plaques Gather up the items needed to complete the order and put those items in a pre defined bin Open the order in BizWizard system and checkmark the stock location box and specify a location bin where you put the stock
292. ual Batch Total Again this is a checks and balances system to ensure that the correct amount of monies have been posted in the correct amounts The following screen shows the payment batch for 800 00 with the Actual Batch Total and the Expected Batch Total matching We have 3 checks that we received from various companies and have posted each of these checks to the appropriate invoices If we leave the payment batch open the invoices will continue to reflect a balance due Only upon closing the batch do the payments actually get posted to the invoices and only upon closing the batch do any in store credits get issued if any must be issued due to payment overages Once a payment batch has been closed you cannot modify it you can only view it Let s proceed and close the payment batch To do this click on the Done button from the following screen Maintain Payment Batch Batch Status Open Date 2 19 2004 Expected Batch Total 800 00 Batch 750 Actual Batch Total 800 00 Customer Hame Payment Method Payment Details Payment Amount Check 4579814 Bank Wells Fargo Bar 500 00 B Bing Bang Blue Bells Check 321654 Bank Wells Fargo bank 102 36 B Pacific Telephone and Telegrapl Check Check 554987 Bank Bank of America 1197 64 After you click the Done button if the Actual Batch Total and the Expected Batch Total match you will be presented with the following screen asking you whether y
293. ude the 1500 00 deposit On 3 1 2004 when you complete the trophy order mark the order complete the 1500 00 deposit STILL DOES NOT SHOW in the accounting system it is still pending because there is still money owed on the order and thus it is still a pending financial transaction However on 3 4 2004 when the customer comes in and pays the final balance on the order the order is then closed and an invoice will be created Thus if you ran the general ledger report on 3 4 2004 then you will see the payment of the 1500 00 you took on 2 17 2004 plus the final payment on 3 4 2004 the transaction date reported in the accounting system will be the date the order is closed So just keep in mind you cannot use the General Ledger Summarization to balance your daily receipts There are other reports designed for that purpose see Register Reconciliation on Page 116 The following is an example of what the General Ledger Report looks like Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 107 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x MDWA Solutions Categorization 74587 North Main Street North San Diego CA 98745 Summary Main 714 589 4545 Fax 714 565 4441 From 2 1 2004 To 412004 Income Check Money Order 800 00 800 00 Product Sales Acrylic Awards 1 869 00 Corporate Plaques i S641 40 08 Plates
294. uilt in Remember it is a Point of Sale and Customer Information System By its name it is designed to act as a cash register order management system and also manage customers Customers owe you money and thus accounts receivable functionality is built in In this section we are going to explore some of the other accounting functions and features From the Main Menu System go to the Accounting section and click on Other Options This will bring up a sub menu as shown below Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 103 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x oint of Sale Customer Information System Main System Menu Form EE Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System Logged In M David Matney s Date Time Thursday Feb 19 2004 10 55 47 PM Irder Svsten Date Time Thursday Feb 19 2004 10 55 49 PM Work with Orders Print Work Order Summarization Other Options Accounting Options Menu Form Accounting Options Add Import Order New Order Maintain Work with Customers Date Time Taken Purchase Order Work with endors Inventory that Needs Ordering Other Options Work with All Invoices Work With General Ledger Categories Print General Ledger Summarization Sales Tax Summarizat
295. uired to be set for each order The marketing code will play a role in time In a year you will want to run the marketing report or run it monthly It will calculate and let you know how much revenue you are generating from various sources such as telephone book word of mouth repeat business etc This will allow you to make wise decisions on where to put your advertising dollars Marketing codes can be set to your custom needs and you will learn how to setup your own marketing codes later in this manual see Marketing Codes on page 172 For now simply use the default ones we have setup for you Order Line Items Order line items are where you indicate on the order what has been ordered You will specify quantities and product codes and even provide a description of the product ordered if necessary To add an order line item simply click on the Add Order Line button in the middle of the Maintain Order screen This will bring up the following screen in which we will specify a quantity of 10 and product trophy as well as special instructions as following 2 1 2 x 5 white italian marble base 8 round blue gold prism column on left with 5 soccer bicycle kick figure 2 round blue gold on right with 2004 script trim See the following example Maintain Order Line Item Display Product Details Quantity Product Unit Price Misc Labor Extended Price 10 TROPHY Standard Trophy 21 25 white italian marble base 8
296. uld do before proceeding is set your sales tax base so that any orders you enter will calculate sales tax based upon your local sales tax rate Please be aware that all the examples shown will be using the 7 75 sales tax calculation that is shipped by default in BizWizard so final calculations and totals will be different on your screen if you set the sales tax percentage to be anything but 7 75 which is the rate in the state of California To set the sale tax base please skip and read the chapter on setting sales tax setup on page 163 After you have setup the sales tax come back and pickup at this point Starting BizWizard for the First Time From the Start Menu or From the Desktop you can start BizWizard system by clicking on the option that says POSCIS Main System the Initial User ID and Login is Associate Name System Default Password 1234 You will need this login to access BizWizard until you setup other users You will learn about setting up other users associates in a later chapter see Associate Subsystem on Page 124 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 1 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Order Management System The order management system is the core of BizWizard system Everything you do in your business revolves around gaining new orders fulfilling those orders and deliv
297. umber Mark Order Shipped to Customer In the System Setup if you are setup to send e mails there is an option that you can set to send a notification to the customer via e mail when the order is marked shipped to provide the customer with knowledge that their order was shipped date and time shipped and the tracking number of the shipment If you have this value set than BizWizard system will automatically send a notice to the customer via e mail assuming there is an e mail address defined for this customers order and let them know that their order has been shipped and what the shipper tracking number is Creating Quotes and Estimations A quotation is nothing more than an order just with a different order status To create a quote you would still add a new order but the first thing or at anytime it really doesn t matter when is you will click on the Toggle Status button on the Maintain Order screen This simply toggles the status of the order between Open and Quote What is different about a quote vs an open order Quotes or estimations are not orders The system does not report them in any way on sales sheets marketing reports and tax reports They are simply quotes They do not show up on work order listings Open order shows up on marketing reports tax reports sales sheets work order listings etc Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 29 All Trademarks and Services Marks mention
298. umber 10001 Address 6548 North Miami Drive Toll Free Phone tt 800 459 5562 Date Created 3 20 2003 Building 45 Fax Phone 415 523 5525 Date Submitted San Diego CA 94578 Shipping Method Ground _y Date Needed 3 20 2003 Display Associated Order Line Items 45 00000 117 60000 211 60000 0 00000 Quantity Stock Description Unit Price Extended Price 2 X oret lade StarAcic s9800 20 D4478 Jade Horizon Acre sos Please Charge to Credit Card 4548 8853 8888 7878 Exp 02 2005 oo 1750 Final Total 381 70 Users Manual for Version 3 x 374 20 Notice we put a Unit Price in This price is not necessary however if you want to create a purchase order and include the unit price you can Or simply leave the Unit Price at 0 00 If you specify the Unit Price then you will have an accounting of what you are agreeing to pay for these items Check with your vendor on their terms of sales Purchase Order Non Stock Inventory What we have done in the previous line item was to order items that are non stock inventory items In other words these are items we actually may stock however they could be trophy components or might be items you do not track inventory on Normally items do not get populated on the purchase order the way we just entered them but this is simply to give you an idea of what a purchase order looks like and that you can always enter a purchase order using th
299. ven bh Closed 2 11 2004 7 59 49 PH Plaques and Acrylic Awards Customer Mame 1 Date Time Taken Pucks Onder Y Work with abet aniing A A Print Customer invoices Big B s Motos Racing map Cloned 2 11 2004 8 01 33 PM Post Payments bo Invoices i Hamed Badges Other Options Bing Bang Blue Bells 20133 Closed 2 4 2704 104 09 PM 5part Plaques Desmond Inbenor Design Employes al the Yem Aeards Home of the Depots LL Product Plates Pacilic Telephone and Telegraph ayroll I Name Badger Work with Payroll Other Options A ED PM Work with Associabrs Change Parseord Clock In Clock Cut Manage Internal E mails 98 13 31 PH 8 12 10 PM tions Open Database System Setup Management About POS 015 System Logout Irren ces bo Prin 16 Orders To be Completed By Estimated Pick Up et Siem 200000005 200000005 eee Orders Left over 30 dara 37 ki Oo 7 5 z uu Li o b b 0 B 5 5 I k Orders To Be Shipped Today 15 You can clicked on the Left and Right arrows i e or the gt or on any of the days of the week to display which orders make up the statistics If you want to see only orders to be completed by Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 177 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x the end of day Monday click on the M column which represents Monday The Main
300. with Outstanding A R i Print Customer Invoices Desmond Interior Design Union City TN 1 145 00 1 145 00 Post Payments to Invoices Pacific Telephone and Telegraph Whittier CA 245 00 0 00 Other Options Work with Associates Change Password Clock In Clock Qut Manage Internal E mails Work with Payroll Other Options Open Database System Setup Management About POS CIS System Logout Exit System Invoices to Print Past Due Notices to Send Orders Left over 30 days Orders To Be Shipped Today EEIEBMBHEDBSEUOUHZsBHEUWuz As you can see from the above screen all receivables are reported What does not get reported are monies owed to you on open orders This screen only reports orders that have been direct billed that have not been paid Since an open order can still receive a payment and or be modified it is not reported on this screen as a receivable Applying Filters You can filter the outstanding A R screen using the Past Due Filter pull down box as shown below The filters do exactly that They only show those customers who fit into the filtered category For Instance if you select the filter that says 1 30 Days Past Due you will only see those accounts that are past due at least 1 day and not more than 30 days See the following example showing the filter pull down option Current A R 245 00 Maintain Customer Fat Due nott ide Past Due Filter fi 30 Days Past Dud F Total Outstanding A R
301. x or mail to our office In response we will process your credit card payment and issue you a return fax which has your unlock code on it Do s and Don ts when Generating a License Key Don t use all capital letters for company name or address BizWizard system fonts used for printing company information is already made large and bold If you use ALL CAPS you will have your receipts out of proportion to the rest of the fonts used plus NOT ALL INFORMATION may print Do Check all letters capitalization punctuations abbreviations etc It is ok to use some Caps where they belong such as LLC or the State Abbrev AR AK CA etc Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 184 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners Users Manual for Version 3 x BizWizard Professional Entering Unlock Code When you get your unlock code back you will get something that looks like the following 3jep uorje dxo Aou e qr apoo po un e 43U9 I MoU Y 10 n J98JUO 03 aui Jo Ajuo d NOA SUIAIS adx 01 paynpeyps st osuaoi Jno amp JU MOUY NOA 33 07 S UTULIBA no amp INSSI OS E IA ITBMIJOS aq jeu 3j0u SVALA 3jep uone rndxo 9A0qY ay Sassed yep urajs s sg9jnduroo Jno oye Surpuodso dojs LM 3 1 43J08 IYJ 9A0QY HEP uone ndxo IY 330u os y 3A0q UMOUS SE LY Ipo xo un aq 19qu9 A dums p2j1e rouo8 AJ EuISI I0 Ady ISUIIT IY 12 U2 3 I 0 PIHU Y ui JNS JI STY
302. xample whereby we set the misc Labor charge to 25 Misc Labor Percentage 0 000 5 30 55 80 Click on Done to get Total Charges 0 00 10 back to the Maintain and Order screen and Reset Percentage to ero rb 000 zs 45 70 o5 you Will be able to see how the adjustment was automatically Modifications of this value will effect EACH line item by adding a Percentage to the line item Equal applied to all order to Ehe Unit Price x the Percentage value you indicate below Be sure this is what you Intend To line items Do IFit is then please proceed IF itis not press the Cancel Button to Cancel This action Change PITA Percentage Form Pric New Misc Labor Percentage 25 000 Cancel Done Posting Payments to Orders BizWizard system allows you to apply payments to orders There is no limit as to the number of payments nor types of payments If you wish to collect a deposit on an order when an order is placed simply post the payment to the order When the customer comes in to pick up their order you will still be able to view all payments posted how much and the balance due on the order Posting a payment is quite simple In the lower right hand corner of the Maintain Order screen you will see the order breakdown and text that says Less Total Payments Click on the Less Total Payments text to bring up the Order Payments screen shown in the following example Copyr
303. y 1075 North Hills Blvd Suite 360 426 MDWA Solutions Reno NV 89506 Main 714 507 2412 Fax 714 242 1810 Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 150 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Misc Options What would any computer system be without a Misc Options Section Of course this is where we put things that don t really apply to other sections of BizWizard System nonetheless each of these is extremely important Opening a Database Let s talk about what a database is how it is used by BizWizard system and its ramifications It is extremely important that you understand the database system so that you don t do something accidentally by deleting your entire database First there is a file that is installed with EVERY installation of BizWizard system This file is named poscis db bck pos THIS FILE IS NOT YOUR DATABASE however it is used by BizWizard system to create the database if for some reason BizWizard cannot find it BizWizard requires a database in existence before BizWizard system can even operate For this reason if no database is created by default in the installation directory BizWizard will create one using the poscis db bck pos file previously mentioned If you delete the poscis db bck pos file you will RENDER YOUR SYSTEM CRIPPLED Never delete anything from
304. y the award into a category Later E we will setup award classifications see Product Classifications on Page 176 These are used to calculate person hours For instance a trophy on average may take 4 minutes to build So if you specified an awards classification for this item of trophy then all orders in the system that use the trophy classification will calculate to take 4 minutes to build If all orders in the system include 40 of these items then when you look are the workload screen described in the order system see Order Scheduling on Page 5 then the system will calculate 40 x 4 minutes to tell you how much of a workload already exists Base Unit Price is the base price for this award It is called Base Unit Price because there are options that can be set on the order that will make adjustments to this price such as coupon discounts or Misc Labor Charges or even overriding the price Product cost relates to how much it costs you to buy this product from the vendor Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 168 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x The Waiver Form Setup tab is where you can specify waiver text that will be printed if this product is ordered For instance if you offered Thermo Plaques you may want the customer to always sign a waiver that they understand
305. your customers that are outside of your tax base Again if you do not use the option from the pull down list then the sales will not be itemized as an interstate foreign transaction Most state sales tax boards want to have itemized what portion of the sales tax exemption was to federal government and what portion were interstate foreign transactions If the sales tax exemption does not fall into one of the categories in the pull down list simply enter their sales tax exemption number or other value that may apply as the case may be in your state Auto Billing Features The auto billing feature is great for those customers whereby you have a credit card on file and charge their card on an ongoing basis for orders they place When you have the auto billing DI DUET feature turned on and one None eT Account enter a new order for a tention Line St customer with auto Billing Address Shipping Address billing feature you will Do Not Invoice Customer l m ee m Z be required to collect y mmerci r r g MAE payment at the time of ustomer Shipper 1t 254984 North Winged Way 254984 North Winged Way EE order entry For our Suite 5438 os Suite 5498 purposes let s turn on EN Es EatFamouh MA 02536 auto billing so United States M United States checkmark the Auto Billing checkbox and enter payment method Customer Details Invoices Comments Contacts Orders Balance Aging Purchase Order Minimum Billing In S
306. ysis Reporting The Marketing Analysis report is really not an accounting function as it is more of a sales analysis tool however it is part of the accounting system because it deals with financial information and thus its security as to who should be allowed to see this report is more closely related to accounting So for now this is where you find it Accounting Options Menu Form On the following Accounting Options menu click on the Accounting Options Marketing Analysis option to print the report This will present you with the following screen Select the date range you want the analysis for as well as the printer Work with All Invoices you wish to print to You can run this report for quarterly Work With General Ledger Categories i Print General Ledger Summarization any date range you want If you want to see how many ales is egister Reconcilatrmn sales you got on your birthday you can The following is batte Arial the screen that allows you to select your date range and Close Accounting Financials printer settings MintMarkefing Code Beportsetip c Form The Next few pages represent a sample printout for the marketing report This report is twenty N pages long so have only included page Reporting Range Dr samples of a few of the pages As you will be Report From 17172003 30 a able to see the report is long because it does Report To 12 31 2003 y NN detail reporting on how much money for what N type o
307. ystem 5 0000000 E gt 0 oco Ob 0 0 O WU 6 Invoices to Print E Past Due Notices to Send 1 Orders Lett over 30 days Orders To Be Shipped Today 0000 1 o U 0 o 0 B cu POSCIS Users Manual Point of Sale Custom Again as an added security features you must select your Associate Name and put in a password After you select the Associate name the button that says clock in will say clock out if BizWizard determines whether you are already clocked in If you are already clocked out then the button will say clock in Click the clock in or clock out button as the case may be and BizWizard will clock you in or out as may be appropriate Upon clock out only the employee will be presented with a time sheet on the display to allow them to see what their current work hours and estimated pay will be Copyright 1999 to 2004 by NetSoft Studio All Rights Reserved 135 All Trademarks and Services Marks mentioned herein are the properties of their respective owners BizWizard Professional Users Manual for Version 3 x Wi Point of Sale Customer Information Main System Menu Form Misc Options Order System Customer System Purchasing Inventory System Accounting System Associate System Payroll System a d In ML David Matney lime Thursday Feb 12 2004 03 42 19 AM ee ee Display Associate Timesheet Work with Orders Print Work Order 5 Other Options Customer Sys
308. zard system will only allow an order to be entered for Cindy Lou if she is setup as a buyer Add Cindy Lou as a buyer to this customer See the following screen which has Cindy Lou setup Maintain Customer TEU ELA E L123 Corporation Account 16234 Attention Line Accounts Payable 5 habus Active Billing Address Shipping Address Method UPS Ground Do Not Invoice Customer l Address Type Commercial Address 7 Customer Shipper PO 254984 North Winged ar 254984 North Winged Wap Suite E a Be United States S United States Job Tithe Buyer Cindy Lou Human Resources Ole M New Order Phone Number 425 656 6987 0 Ext 4507 DirectF axNumber 542 522 3532 00 CellPhoneHumber D E Mail Address cindylow abel23comporationcom Promotional Materials w ie New Onder Phone Number 425 656 6987 Ext 1 DirectF axNumber 542 522 3532 CellPhoneHumber E Mail Address EE Promotional Materials v As you can see we have check marked the buyer box for Cindy Lou Now Cindy Lou is allowed to purchase on behalf of this company but other contacts that do not have a checkmark in the buyer box will NOT be allowed to buy on behalf of the company for billing purposes They can purchase products rather they cannot bill products to this company Blanket Purchase Orders Click on the Purchase Order Minimum Billing Tab Sometimes you may work with a company that p

Users Manual - NetSoft Studio

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents